EP3145876B1 - Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus - Google Patents
Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP3145876B1 EP3145876B1 EP15796830.6A EP15796830A EP3145876B1 EP 3145876 B1 EP3145876 B1 EP 3145876B1 EP 15796830 A EP15796830 A EP 15796830A EP 3145876 B1 EP3145876 B1 EP 3145876B1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- liquid
- electrodes
- treatment chamber
- treatment
- electrode holder
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims description 862
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 title claims description 623
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910000639 Spring steel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 145
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 97
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 66
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 37
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 34
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 33
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 31
- -1 hydroxyl ions Chemical class 0.000 description 29
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 28
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 28
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 22
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 21
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000009297 electrocoagulation Methods 0.000 description 17
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 14
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000013530 defoamer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000003487 electrochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 9
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- MROJXXOCABQVEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Actarit Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(CC(O)=O)C=C1 MROJXXOCABQVEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical compound [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 7
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002351 wastewater Substances 0.000 description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000003914 acid mine drainage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 6
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 6
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005054 agglomeration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001223 reverse osmosis Methods 0.000 description 5
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- OSVXSBDYLRYLIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxidochlorine(.) Chemical compound O=Cl=O OSVXSBDYLRYLIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920001684 low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004702 low-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012811 non-conductive material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010802 sludge Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000851 Alloy steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 3
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011946 reduction process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid group Chemical class S(O)(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000906 Bronze Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000975 Carbon steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)=O XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000004155 Chlorine dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000010974 bronze Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010962 carbon steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019398 chlorine dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 2
- KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper tin Chemical compound [Cu].[Sn] KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000909 electrodialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005868 electrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000013505 freshwater Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypochlorite Chemical compound Cl[O-] WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010842 industrial wastewater Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000005416 organic matter Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013049 sediment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004291 sulphur dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010269 sulphur dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical group OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002028 Biomass Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000007835 Cyamopsis tetragonoloba Species 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UPYKUZBSLRQECL-UKMVMLAPSA-N Lycopene Natural products CC(=C/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C1C(=C)CCCC1(C)C)C=CC=C(/C)C=CC2C(=C)CCCC2(C)C UPYKUZBSLRQECL-UKMVMLAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001674048 Phthiraptera Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001938 Vegetable gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002535 acidifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003139 biocide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001746 carotenes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000005473 carotenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce] GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002894 chemical waste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001919 chlorite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052619 chlorite group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M chlorophyll a Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C(=O)OC)C(=O)C2=C3C)=C2N2C3=CC(C(CC)=C3C)=[N+]4C3=CC3=C(C=C)C(C)=C5N3[Mg-2]42[N+]2=C1[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H](C)C2=C5 ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QBWCMBCROVPCKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorous acid Chemical compound OCl=O QBWCMBCROVPCKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004567 concrete Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013365 dairy product Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VFNGKCDDZUSWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-L disulfate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OS([O-])(=O)=O VFNGKCDDZUSWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000005518 electrochemistry Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007772 electrode material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006056 electrooxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxymethanedithioic acid Chemical compound CCOC(S)=S ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011518 fibre cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002638 heterogeneous catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004966 inorganic peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBPHJBAIARWVSC-RGZFRNHPSA-N lutein Chemical compound C([C@H](O)CC=1C)C(C)(C)C=1\C=C\C(\C)=C\C=C\C(\C)=C\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\[C@H]1C(C)=C[C@H](O)CC1(C)C KBPHJBAIARWVSC-RGZFRNHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005375 lutein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005374 membrane filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001471 micro-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001728 nano-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004967 organic peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Inorganic materials [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002572 peristaltic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010970 precious metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006479 redox reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009287 sand filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003079 shale oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000031 sodium sesquicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000018341 sodium sesquicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052569 sulfide mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBPHJBAIARWVSC-XQIHNALSSA-N trans-lutein Natural products CC(=C/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CC(O)CC1(C)C)C=CC=C(/C)C=CC2C(=CC(O)CC2(C)C)C KBPHJBAIARWVSC-XQIHNALSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WCTAGTRAWPDFQO-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;hydrogen carbonate;carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OC([O-])=O.[O-]C([O-])=O WCTAGTRAWPDFQO-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N vitamin A aldehyde Natural products O=CC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012991 xanthate Substances 0.000 description 1
- FJHBOVDFOQMZRV-XQIHNALSSA-N xanthophyll Natural products CC(=C/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CC(O)CC1(C)C)C=CC=C(/C)C=CC2C=C(C)C(O)CC2(C)C FJHBOVDFOQMZRV-XQIHNALSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008210 xanthophylls Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F1/00—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage
- C02F1/46—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods
- C02F1/461—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods by electrolysis
- C02F1/463—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods by electrolysis by electrocoagulation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F1/00—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage
- C02F1/46—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods
- C02F1/461—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods by electrolysis
- C02F1/46104—Devices therefor; Their operating or servicing
- C02F1/46109—Electrodes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F1/00—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage
- C02F1/24—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by flotation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F1/00—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage
- C02F1/46—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods
- C02F1/461—Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods by electrolysis
- C02F1/46104—Devices therefor; Their operating or servicing
- C02F1/46109—Electrodes
- C02F2001/46152—Electrodes characterised by the shape or form
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F2201/00—Apparatus for treatment of water, waste water or sewage
- C02F2201/46—Apparatus for electrochemical processes
- C02F2201/461—Electrolysis apparatus
- C02F2201/46105—Details relating to the electrolytic devices
- C02F2201/4611—Fluid flow
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F2201/00—Apparatus for treatment of water, waste water or sewage
- C02F2201/46—Apparatus for electrochemical processes
- C02F2201/461—Electrolysis apparatus
- C02F2201/46105—Details relating to the electrolytic devices
- C02F2201/4612—Controlling or monitoring
- C02F2201/46125—Electrical variables
- C02F2201/46135—Voltage
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F2201/00—Apparatus for treatment of water, waste water or sewage
- C02F2201/46—Apparatus for electrochemical processes
- C02F2201/461—Electrolysis apparatus
- C02F2201/46105—Details relating to the electrolytic devices
- C02F2201/4612—Controlling or monitoring
- C02F2201/46125—Electrical variables
- C02F2201/4614—Current
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C02—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F—TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
- C02F2201/00—Apparatus for treatment of water, waste water or sewage
- C02F2201/46—Apparatus for electrochemical processes
- C02F2201/461—Electrolysis apparatus
- C02F2201/46105—Details relating to the electrolytic devices
- C02F2201/4619—Supplying gas to the electrolyte
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02W—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT OR WASTE MANAGEMENT
- Y02W10/00—Technologies for wastewater treatment
- Y02W10/30—Wastewater or sewage treatment systems using renewable energies
- Y02W10/37—Wastewater or sewage treatment systems using renewable energies using solar energy
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates, inter alia, to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus and to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid.
- electrolysis An increasingly significant electrochemical process is electrocoagulation, which may be used to separate contaminants from liquids. Such contaminants may include metals, solids, pathogens, colloids, chemicals, and various other undesirable substances.
- Electrocoagulation may be used to treat a wide variety of liquids, but in the last decade electrocoagulation especially has been used increasingly for the treatment of industrial wastewater.
- electrocoagulation may be used to treat water containing food and beverage manufacturing waste, oil wastes, dyes, suspended particulates, chemical waste, organic matter from various industrial processes and effluents, and drainage arising from mining activities (such as so-called acid mine drainage (AMD) where the drainage contains heavy metals or other environmental pollutants).
- AMD acid mine drainage
- a liquid being treated flows past an electric field generated between an anode and a cathode.
- Metal ions may be generated at the anode, along with production of both hydroxyl ions and higher energy hydroxyl radicals at the cathode.
- Gases may also be formed, such as hydrogen gas.
- Electrons can also travel through the liquid in a process known as electron flooding. Ionic species, radical species, electrons and gases may result in chemical modification of contaminants in the liquid (such as through oxidation), as well as destabilisation of electrical charges holding contaminants in the liquid (i.e. reduction of the net surface charge of the contaminants, which thereby reduces repulsive charges).
- This latter effect may allow the contaminant particles to move closer together and allow aggregation (through, for example, van der Waals forces), and aggregation may also be aided by the presence of gelatinous polymeric metal hydroxides in the solution, formed when metal ions generated by sacrificial dissolution of the anode chemically combine with hydroxyl ions at the cathode.
- Electrocoagulation can be a relatively complex process, and the apparatus and conditions under which the electrocoagulation is or will be performed significantly affects the efficiency of the process. While various apparatuses for electrocoagulation are known, the preferred embodiment of the present disclosure provides an apparatus that improves the efficiency of an electrochemical process (especially an electrolytic or electrocoagulation process) and optionally the oxidation (or reduction, as required) of contaminant materials. For example, the apparatus may permit one or more of the following compared to prior art apparatuses: improved removal, or recovery and separation, of contaminants; reduced down-time for maintenance; reduced anode consumption; reduced power consumption; reduced cathode passivation and higher through-put of a liquid being treated.
- US 2014/0054173 A1 discloses an electrodialysis unit comprising a cathode, an anode and a membrane.
- the electrodialysis unit additionally comprises flow conditioning elements arranged to promote laminar flow in the incoming water flow to the cathode flow path.
- US 2013/0112571 A1 discloses an electrolytic apparatus which includes a container for providing a dilution water passage for diluting an electrolyzed solution, an electrode stack in the container including a diaphragm-less unit electrolysis cell defined between planar electrodes and an electrode holder frame for supplying chlorine composition.
- GB 2440139 A discloses an electrocoagulation unit for removing contaminants from a fluid which comprises an electrode chamber.
- the electrocoagulation unit also comprises an electrode module which is removable through the top of the electrode chamber and includes a support body that supports a plurality of electrodes.
- the invention relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus as described in claim 1.
- the inventive electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus includes:
- the invention further relates to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid as described in claim 14.
- the method includes the steps of:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- the term "electrical conductor” refers to an electrode which is not intended to accept power from a power source external to the treatment chamber.
- the electrical conductor may obtain an electrolytic charge from the electron flow in an electric field contained within the vessel in which it resides.
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a plurality of electrodes angled from a vertical plane.
- the apparatus further includes a treatment chamber within which said plurality of electrodes are positioned, the treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid.
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemical treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- the apparatus further includes the electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes, especially such that the plurality of electrodes are positioned (especially releasably engaged) within the treatment chamber.
- an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus including a treatment chamber containing at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and including at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to releasably engage with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrolytic treatment of the liquid, wherein said electrode holder includes a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes, and wherein when the electrode holder is releasably engaged with the treatment chamber said flow aligner is positioned intermediate the at least one inlet and the electrodes.
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus including:
- the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to accommodate a plurality of electrodes.
- the apparatus further includes a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid. The plurality of electrodes may be removable from the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may include a plurality of inlets for entry of a liquid to be treated.
- the treatment chamber may further include a liquid disperser having a plurality of liquid passageways, wherein each said liquid passageway includes at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated.
- Said liquid disperser may be for evenly dispersing the liquid to be treated relative to the electrodes in the treatment chamber, and may especially be a liquid manifold.
- the plurality of electrodes includes at least one anode, at least one cathode and at least one electrical conductor, wherein said at least one electrical conductor is positioned intermediate said at least one cathode and said at least one anode.
- the plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber are angled from a vertical plane.
- the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber, wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid from said at least one outlet of the first treatment chamber flows into said at least one inlet of the second treatment chamber.
- the apparatus is adapted to provide at least one treatment agent in the treatment chamber during electrochemical treatment of a liquid.
- the treatment chamber further includes at least one treatment inlet for entry of a treatment agent for assisting in the treatment of the liquid.
- the treatment chamber is configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- the apparatus further includes the electrode holder holding the plurality of electrodes, wherein the electrode holder is engageable with the treatment chamber (especially such that the plurality of electrodes are positioned or releasably engaged within the treatment chamber).
- the electrochemical treatment apparatus is an electrolytic treatment apparatus.
- the apparatus may be adapted for electrocoagulation of a liquid or for performing electrochemical reactions on the liquid or contaminants within the liquid.
- the electrochemical reactions may change the state of specific components within the liquid (for example by reductive or oxidative processes).
- Any suitable liquid may be used in the apparatus, but the liquid especially may be an aqueous solution.
- the aqueous solution may be a suspension or colloid, and especially may be water (including wastewater).
- the electrochemical treatment may produce hydroxyl and/or sulfate radicals at the anode(s), and these may more effectively oxidise some contaminants (especially refractory organic contaminants) whilst sulfate radicals to a greater extent ameliorate the inhibitory effect of chloride ion on this oxidative process.
- the liquid is industrial wastewater (including food and beverage manufacturing residues), agricultural wastewater (including wastewater from agricultural properties, such as from dairy operations and animal husbandry operations (e.g. wash-down water from milking sheds or animal lice dips)) or wastewater resulting from mining, oil or gas activities (including drainage arising from mining activities such as so-called acid mine drainage (AMD) (where the drainage contains heavy metals, sulfurous and sulfuric acids, suspended solids or other environmental pollutants); or wastewater from dewatering, hydraulic fracturing, flooding or other reworking or completion operations, known to those skilled in the art, for any oil or gas deposit (including coal seam, shale oil, 'tight' and unconventional gas)).
- agricultural wastewater including wastewater from agricultural properties, such as from dairy operations and animal husbandry operations (e.g. wash-down water from milking sheds or animal lice dips)
- wastewater resulting from mining oil or gas activities
- oil or gas activities including drainage arising from mining activities such as so-called acid mine drainage (AMD) (where the drainage contains heavy metals, sulfurous
- the aqueous solution may be brine (especially concentrated brine from a reverse osmosis (RO) system or dilute brine prior to the RO or other membrane filtration process) or an aqueous oil solution (including in the form of a suspension or emulsion) or the liquid may be a liquid including a cation or anion, especially including a metal ion (such as Fe 2+ ), a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate or a carbonate.
- a metal ion such as Fe 2+
- the liquid to be treated may include contaminants for removal.
- the contaminants may be selected from one or more of the group consisting of: metals (including transition and heavy metals), salts, solids, pathogens (including bacteria, protozoa, viruses and other organisms including algae), amphoteric species, colloids (organic and inorganic), suspended solids, organic or inorganic chemicals (including surfactants, biocides, cross-linkers or breakers) and oils or other hydrocarbons (such as in droplet and emulsified forms) and various other undesirable substances.
- metals including transition and heavy metals
- salts including bacteria, protozoa, viruses and other organisms including algae
- amphoteric species including bacteria, protozoa, viruses and other organisms including algae
- colloids organic and inorganic
- suspended solids organic or inorganic chemicals (including surfactants, biocides, cross-linkers or breakers) and oils or other hydrocarbons (such as in droplet and emulsified forms) and various other undesirable substances.
- the contaminants may include one or more of a refractory organic, a cation or an anion (especially a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate, or a carbonate).
- the liquid may include one or more of oil wastes, dyes, suspended particulates, chemicals, and organic matter from various industrial processes and effluents.
- the apparatus may be used (or be configured) to remove, immobilise, oxidise or reduce contaminants in or from the liquid.
- the contaminants are typically removed from the liquid in the form of flocculated particles or floc.
- the apparatus may be used with a liquid of any suitable electrical conductivity.
- the liquid when the liquid is an aqueous solution, the solution may be saline; especially saline with low, moderate or high electrical conductivity; more especially saline with relatively high electrical conductivity.
- the liquid may be brackish with only moderate conductivity or may be predominantly fresh with low electrical conductivity.
- Liquids with moderate to high levels of total dissolved solids (TDS) generally respond well to treatment and the number and hence surface area of electrodes required is typically a function of the TDS.
- the apparatus includes a treatment chamber (or a treatment vessel which defines a treatment chamber).
- the treatment chamber may be of any suitable size.
- the treatment chamber is a large industrial unit.
- the treatment chamber may accommodate from 60 kL to 1,000 kL of liquid; especially from 80 kL to 750 kL or from 100 kL to 600 kL; more especially from 125 kL to 500 kL or from 180 kL to 400 kL; most especially from 200 kL to 300 kL or about 250 kL of liquid.
- the treatment chamber in another embodiment is portable.
- the treatment chamber may accommodate less than 50 kL, 40 kL, 30 kL, 20 kL, 10 kL, 1 kL, 900 L, 800 L, 700 L, 600 L, 500 L, 400 L, 300 L, 200 L, 100 L, 80 L, 60 L, 40 L, 20 L or 10 L liquid.
- the treatment chamber may accommodate greater than 40 kL, 30 kL, 20 kL, 10 kL, 1 kL, 900 L, 800 L, 700 L, 600 L, 500 L, 400 L, 300 L, 200 L, 100 L, 80 L, 60 L, 40 L, 20 L 10 L or 5 L liquid.
- the treatment chamber may accommodate a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- any suitable flow rate of liquid may flow through the at least one inlet, and thereby the treatment chamber.
- the optimal flow rate will depend on the size of the apparatus, the capacity of the treatment chamber and electrical conductivity (EC) of the liquid, which is typically a function of the total dissolved solids (TDS).
- the apparatus may be configured for a liquid flow rate of at least 500 mL/s; especially at least 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 or 13 L/s; more especially at least 15, 18 or 20 L/s; most especially about 23 L/s.
- the apparatus is configured for a liquid flow rate of less than 100 L/s; especially less than 90, 80, 70, 60, 50 or 40 L/s; more especially less than 30 L/s; most especially about 23 L/s.
- the residence time of the liquid within the treatment chamber may be controlled or varied, depending on the size of the treatment chamber, the surface area of electrodes and/or the flow rate of the liquid. This may achieve, for example, improved performance in either coagulation, REDOX reactions or emulsion breaking.
- the residence time is less than 10 minutes in the treatment chamber, especially less than 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 minute in the treatment chamber, more especially about 30 seconds in the treatment chamber.
- the residence time is from 5 seconds to 5 minutes in the treatment chamber, especially from 10 seconds to 2 minutes in the treatment chamber, more especially from 20 to 55 seconds in the treatment chamber, most especially from 30-45 seconds in the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may be configured for use at atmospheric pressure.
- the treatment chamber may be configured for use at greater than atmospheric pressure, for example at from greater than 1 atmosphere to 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 atmospheres (especially from 1-3 atmospheres). Pressures of greater than atmospheric pressure may be used to accelerate a reaction within the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may be configured for use at less than atmospheric pressure, for example at from less than 1 atmosphere to 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 or 0.9 atmospheres. Pressures of less than one atmosphere may be beneficial for the removal of dissolved gases (such as bicarbonate or carbonate), thereby limiting, by way of example, the electrode passivating effects of dissolved carbon dioxide. Gases may also be removed from the treatment chamber by use of a membrane system within the treatment chamber which operates at such reduced pressure so as to preferentially degas the liquid being treated.
- the treatment chamber may be made of any suitable material.
- the treatment chamber may be made of a polymer such as a polymer plastic (examples include high density polyethylene (HDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), a phenolic polymer plastic, polypropylene or polyethylene (PE)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a rubber; a metal such as steel, steel alloy, aluminium, or stainless steel (especially a metal insulated using a polymer plastic or composite material); a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material; or an insulating plastic (such as a phenol
- the treatment chamber is configured so that the plurality of electrodes are positioned (or configured to be positioned) intermediate the at least one inlet and at least one outlet.
- liquid may enter the treatment chamber via the at least one inlet, pass between the plurality of electrodes, and then exit the treatment chamber via the at least one outlet.
- the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber.
- the at least one inlet may be positioned at the lower portion of the treatment chamber; and the at least one outlet may be positioned at the upper portion of the treatment chamber (i.e. the liquid substantially ascends through the chamber).
- the at least one inlet may be positioned at the upper portion of the treatment chamber; and the at least one outlet may be positioned at the lower portion of the treatment chamber (i.e. the liquid substantially descends through the chamber).
- the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially horizontally through the treatment chamber.
- the at least one inlet may be positioned at or adjacent to one side wall of the treatment chamber, and the at least one outlet may be positioned at or adjacent to an opposite side wall of the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows obliquely through the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may be a plurality of treatment chambers arranged in parallel. It may be advantageous to use a plurality of parallel treatment chambers in order to increase the external surface area of the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment. This may allow for greater exposure to, or penetration of, treatment enhancers (such as ultraviolet light, microwaves or ultrasonic waves (or ultrasonics)) during the electrochemical treatment.
- treatment enhancers such as ultraviolet light, microwaves or ultrasonic waves (or ultrasonics)
- the treatment chamber may be of any suitable shape or dimensions.
- the treatment chamber may have a square, circular, ovoid, elliptical, polygonal or rectangular cross-section.
- the treatment chamber has a first wall, and one or more side walls.
- the first wall may include or be adjacent to the at least one inlet.
- the first wall may be distal to the electrodes and proximate to the at least one inlet.
- the treatment chamber may include a second wall opposite to the first wall.
- the second wall may be distal to the electrodes and proximate to the at least one outlet.
- the second wall may be removable (such as if the second wall forms the lid of the chamber).
- the second wall may include or be adjacent to the at least one outlet.
- a side wall may also include or be adjacent to the at least one outlet.
- the treatment chamber may include a base (first wall), a top or lid (second wall), and one or more side walls (especially if the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber). It may be advantageous for the treatment chamber to include a lid so that pressure in the treatment chamber may accumulate as the electrochemical treatment progresses. If the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber, then the at least one outlet may be positioned in the upper portion of the treatment chamber, and the at least one inlet may be positioned in the lower portion of the treatment chamber. A wall or panel of the treatment chamber may be at least partially removed or opened.
- the treatment chamber may be cylindrical, especially a pipe.
- the one or more side walls may be planar, circular or ovoid.
- the second wall may include a vent or gas outlet for gases which evolve during the electrochemical process.
- the inner surface of the first wall may be planar.
- the inner surface of the first wall may also be configured to direct the flow of liquid towards the electrodes.
- the inner surface of the first wall may include at least one (especially one) trough or channel which narrows to its base.
- the trough or channel may be substantially V-shaped.
- the trough or channel may be for directing the flow of water towards the electrodes.
- the first wall (especially the trough or channel) may include the at least one inlet, or the at least one inlet may be located within the trough or channel.
- the apparatus may include any suitable number of treatment chambers (and optionally any number of defoaming chambers).
- the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber (each of which may be as herein described), wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid from said at least one outlet of the first treatment chamber flows into at least one inlet of the second treatment chamber.
- the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber and a first and a second defoaming chamber (each of these may be as described herein), wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid passes through the first treatment chamber, the first defoaming chamber, the second treatment chamber and the second defoaming chamber; especially wherein the liquid passes sequentially through the aforementioned chambers.
- the at least one inlet is a plurality of inlets.
- the treatment chamber may include at least 10 inlets, especially at least 15 inlets, more especially at least 20 inlets and most especially at least 30 inlets.
- the plurality of inlets may be for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, especially for evenly dispersing the liquid to be treated throughout the treatment chamber.
- the liquid may evenly enter the treatment chamber. This may improve even, or so-called laminar, fluid flow throughout the treatment chamber and said flow may maximise uniform and efficient contact between the electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber and the liquid being treated.
- the benefits of encouraging such laminar or uniform flow may include some or all of reduced electrode and power consumption, improved transfer of electrical charge to the liquid to be treated, improved oxidation of impurities by short-lived free radicals (particularly refractory organic contaminants) and reduced electrode passivation.
- the liquid may be dispersed into the treatment chamber by way of at least one liquid disperser, especially one liquid disperser.
- the liquid disperser may be separate to, or integral with, the first wall.
- the disperser may include a plurality of liquid inlets into the treatment chamber (these would be outlets from the disperser).
- the treatment chamber includes a liquid disperser for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, wherein said liquid disperser includes a plurality of inlets within the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated. Any suitable type of liquid disperser may be used.
- the disperser is a tube, especially a tube perforated along its length to provide a plurality of inlets into the treatment chamber.
- the tube may be of circular, ovoid, square, rectangular or triangular cross section.
- the tube may be perforated on all sides, or on all sides except for a side opposite to the electrodes.
- the disperser in this embodiment may be positioned within the at least one (especially one) trough or channel which narrows to its base in the first wall. If the first wall includes multiple troughs or channels, then a disperser may be positioned within each trough or channel.
- the treatment chamber includes at least one liquid disperser for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, wherein said liquid disperser includes a plurality of inlets within the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated, and wherein within each said at least one channel is positioned one said liquid disperser.
- the disperser includes a plurality of liquid passageways, wherein each said liquid passageway includes at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated.
- the disperser in this example may be a manifold.
- Said plurality of liquid passageways may include at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or at least one transverse liquid passageway.
- Said passageways may be in fluid communication with each other.
- the disperser may include at least one liquid entry point, at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or at least one transverse liquid passageway.
- At least one or each of the liquid passageways may include at least one and preferably a plurality of inlets to the treatment chamber.
- the liquid passageways may be arranged in any suitable way.
- computational fluid dynamic (CFD) modelling may be used to provide for laminar flow across the surface of the electrodes within the treatment chamber.
- the at least one transverse liquid passageway may be in liquid communication with the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway.
- the at least one liquid entry point may be in liquid communication with or abut either the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway, or the at least one transverse liquid passageway.
- the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway may be in fluid communication with, and extend from (especially at from 30 to 150 degrees to; more especially at from 60 to 120 degrees to; most especially at about 90 degrees to) the at least one transverse liquid passageway.
- the inlets to the treatment chamber may be provided by the outlets of the liquid disperser.
- the disperser (especially manifold) may include at least one longitudinal liquid passageway in fluid communication with at least one transverse liquid passageway, wherein the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or the at least one transverse liquid passageway include at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated.
- the at least one inlet and/or disperser may be positioned beneath the plurality of electrodes (if the liquid substantially ascends as is passes through the treatment chamber).
- the disperser may include a diffuser for evenly distributing the liquid exiting the disperser.
- the diffuser may not be necessary.
- the disperser may be made of any suitable material.
- the disperser may be made of the same types of materials as previously described for the treatment chamber.
- the disperser is made from welded polypropylene or polyethylene, polyester or epoxy resin fibreglass, a polymer, rubber, or cast or extruded components based on polymer plastic materials.
- the apparatus may include a pretreater positioned prior to, and in fluid communication with the at least one inlet.
- the pretreater may be a filter to remove larger particulate solids from the fluid stream that could lodge between the electrodes and disrupt liquid flows or otherwise impede with the functioning of the device.
- the apparatus may further include a flow aligner (or flow distributor) for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may also be for distributing the liquid between the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may be positionable between the at least one inlet and the electrodes.
- a flow aligner may be advantageous as the liquid between the electrodes and the at least one inlet (or if the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber, beneath the electrodes) may especially be turbulent.
- the flow aligner may assist the liquid in moving substantially or uniformly along the same longitudinal axis as the plurality of electrodes, which in turn may improve the contact time and hence electrochemical reaction between the liquid to be treated and the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or baffle walls extending beneath the electrodes (or between the electrodes and the at least one inlet).
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend substantially vertically beneath the electrodes (or in a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber).
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may integrally formed with the treatment chamber, or may be removable and/or replaceable.
- Each baffle or baffle wall may be in the form of a plate.
- Each baffle or baffle wall may be from 20 mm to 500 mm long, especially from 50 mm to 250 mm long or from 60 mm to 150 mm long, more especially from 80 mm to 120 mm long, most especially about 100 mm long.
- the flow aligner may be a partition (or wall or barrier) (especially a removable partition) defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- the apertures defined by the removable partition may be consistently spaced and sized so that liquid flows evenly through the partition.
- the flow aligner may extend between the side walls of the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus may be configured so that when in use, the liquid pressure on the side of the partition proximate to the at least one inlet is greater than the liquid pressure on the side of the partition proximate to the electrodes.
- the wall or partition is configured to provide a greater liquid pressure on the side of the wall or partition proximate to the at least one inlet than on the side of the wall or partition proximate to the electrodes when the apparatus is in use.
- this may assist the even, uniform or laminar flow of liquid between the electrodes.
- the treatment chamber may have only one inlet.
- the volume of liquid beneath the flow aligner may be sufficiently large so that turbulence in the liquid is ameliorated after the liquid passes through the flow aligner.
- electrode and cell design parameters such further design refinement could be influenced or determined by the CFD modelling as described above.
- the flow aligner (or removable partition or wall) may be in the form of a plurality of segments, such that any one segment may be removed independently of the others. Each said segment may abut the adjoining segment, or each said segment may be in close proximity with the adjoining segment.
- the apparatus includes a plurality of electrode holders and each said electrode holder includes a segment of the flow aligner.
- the flow aligner may be in the form of at least one plate (or panel) (especially a plurality of plates), wherein each said plate defines a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- the flow aligner may define a plurality of apertures each having a polygonal (especially hexagonal), circular or ovoid shape.
- a disperser and a flow aligner may promote the even, uniform or laminar flow of liquid between the electrodes, to thereby maximise the transfer of electrical charge and the efficiency of the electrochemical reaction. In this way, so-called “deadspots" in the flow of liquid through the reaction chamber can be minimised.
- the flow aligner may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material.
- the flow aligner may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber.
- the flow aligner may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or be fabricated from a number of composite materials including carbon fibre (for example a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material) and variations thereof.
- a resin or resin solution such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide
- the inventors have performed computational fluid flow simulations on various treatment chamber configurations.
- the inventors have also studied fluid flow and pH variations within the treatment chamber during electrochemical treatments using pH sensitive indicators, and by inclusion of synthetic resin beads (of size less than 0.5 mm) in the fluid flow within the treatment chamber. These techniques were used to identify preferential channelling of the fluid flow.
- the inventors have found that inclusion of a flow aligner intermediate the at least one inlet and the electrodes, especially a flow aligner in the form of a partition defining a plurality of apertures provides decreased preferential channelling of the fluid flow, and increased uniformity of the fluid flow through the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus may be configured to electrochemically treat the liquid in the presence of at least one treatment enhancer or at least one treatment agent.
- treatment enhancer refers to matter or energy (including radiation, sound or photons) that is capable of penetrating a solid wall of the treatment chamber to enhance reactions within the treatment chamber.
- exemplary treatment enhancers include electromagnetic radiation and sonic waves.
- Electromagnetic radiation may include one or more of radiowaves, microwaves, infrared radiation, visible light, ultraviolet radiation (including ultraviolet-C light), X-rays and gamma rays.
- Sonic waves may include ultrasonic, infrasonic and audible waves.
- the treatment enhancer may be a microwave or ultraviolet radiation, or ultrasonic sound waves.
- the treatment enhancer may accelerate or modify reactions in the treatment chamber (especially reactions involving contaminants) during the electrochemical treatment.
- the treatment enhancer may also reduce passivating accumulations on the electrodes (especially the cathodes; sonic waves may be suitable for this purpose, especially ultrasonic waves).
- the at least one treatment agent may be a fluid (including a gas or a liquid) or a solid.
- the at least one treatment agent may be a plurality of treatment agents.
- the at least one treatment agent may assist in the treatment of the liquid.
- the at least one treatment agent may act as a reactant or a catalyst during the electrochemical treatment, or it may modify or adjust the properties of the reactants, the liquid (solvent) or the products of the electrochemical treatment, or it may be inert during the electrochemical treatment.
- the at least one treatment agent may be used to form a reactant or catalyst in situ during the electrochemical treatment. Each said at least one treatment agent may also perform multiple functions.
- treatment agent does not include chemicals produced in the course of an electrochemical treatment (such as hydrogen gas, metal ions generated by a sacrificial anode, and hydroxyl ions and hydroxyl radicals produced at the cathode); the term “treatment agent” refers to chemical matter deliberately added to the liquid to be treated by an operator during, prior to or after the electrochemical treatment. Electrodes per se, for example, are not treatment agents, although an electrode may be doped with a treatment agent so that the treatment agent is released, or acts as a catalyst, during the electrochemical treatment as the anode corrodes.
- the at least one treatment agent may be an oxidant, reductant or catalyst.
- the at least one treatment agent may form an oxidant, reductant or catalyst in situ in the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment.
- the at least one treatment agent may be selected from the group consisting of: an oxidant, a reductant, a homogenous or heterogeneous catalyst, a pH modifier (an acidifier (or acid) or a basifier (or base / alkali)), a surfactant, a defoaming agent, a conductivity modifier (for modifying the conductivity of the liquid to be treated), a chelant (for chelating with metal ions in the liquid), a viscosity modifier (for modifying the viscosity of the liquid or the floc), a ligand (for forming a catalyst), and a buoyant gas (which may advantageously improve or increase the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes and/or improve the reaction of components within this liquid).
- Exemplary oxidants may include permanganate (such as potassium permanganate), hydrogen peroxide, an inorganic peroxide, a peroxysulfates, a disulfate, a peracid (such as an organic or inorganic peracid - an exemplary example is meta -chloroperoxybenzoic acid), oxygen gas, ozone, a halogen gas (such as fluorine or chlorine), nitric acid, sulfuric acid, a chlorite, a chlorate, a perchlorate, hypochlorite, and salts of the aforementioned oxidants.
- permanganate such as potassium permanganate
- hydrogen peroxide such as potassium permanganate
- an inorganic peroxide such as an organic or inorganic peracid -
- a disulfate such as an organic or inorganic peracid - an exemplary example is meta -chloroperoxybenzoic acid
- a peracid such as an organic or inorgan
- Exemplary reductants may include carbon monoxide, iron (II) compounds, hydrogen sulfide, disulfide, formic acid, sulfite compounds, boron reducing agents and hydrogen gas.
- Other oxidants and reductants would be known to a skilled person.
- the oxidant or reductant may assist in the electrochemical (or electrolytic) conversion of contaminants (especially to enable removal or recovery of the contaminants).
- the oxidant may assist in enhanced oxidative processes (EOP), such as for refractory contaminants.
- EOP enhanced oxidative processes
- the presence of an oxidant or reductant within the treatment chamber may encourage or facilitate the further electrochemical reactions of reduction or oxidation or may result in enhanced oxidation processes or enhanced reduction processes within the reaction chamber.
- the liquid to be treated may be refined during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment by oxidative or reductive reactions in which the physical or chemical properties of contaminants in the liquid are altered by electrochemical processes, especially electrocoagulation processes.
- the at least one treatment agent may be for reaction with certain contaminants in the liquid to be treated, may be used to adjust the properties of the liquid being treated (for example to adjust the pH of the liquid), or may be for adjusting the properties of the floc (for example the agglomeration, viscosity, flowability or settling velocity of the floc).
- the at least one treatment agent may be a gas (which may be inert, an oxidant or a reductant, for example).
- the gas may be selected from one or more of the group consisting of: air, hydrogen, oxygen, ozone, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, nitrogen, chlorine, fluorine, chlorine dioxide, ammonia, or a combination thereof; especially hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, chlorine, carbon monoxide, air, carbon dioxide, or a combination thereof; more especially air, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or a combination thereof.
- a plurality of treatment agents may enter the treatment chamber, such as an inert gas and an oxidant or reductant.
- a said at least one treatment agent may be added to the liquid after the chemical treatment (either before or after the liquid exits the treatment chamber). For example, if the liquid provided after the electrochemical treatment is transferred to a tank (such as a clarification tank) a said at least one treatment agent may be added to encourage the separation (typically by gravity settling) of floe.
- the apparatus may be adapted to provide at least one treatment agent in the treatment chamber during electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid.
- the at least one treatment agent may be provided within the treatment chamber in any suitable way.
- a said at least one treatment agent may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus may include a mixer in fluid communication with the at least one inlet for a liquid to be treated, wherein the mixer is for mixing at least one treatment agent (which may be a liquid, gas or solid) with the liquid to be treated, before the liquid to be treated passes through the at least one inlet.
- the treatment agent may be provided on a liquid conduit to the treatment chamber, such as a pipe or manifold for transferring the liquid to be treated to the treatment chamber.
- a said at least one treatment agent may be provided on a surface within the treatment chamber.
- a catalyst may be provided on an inner side wall of the treatment chamber, on the walls at which the electrodes are held (e.g. on an electrode holder), or within at least one of the electrodes (such as via a doped-electrode), in which the treatment agent may be chemically alloyed within or physically attached, laminated or layered to the electrode materials.
- Said treatment agent may be released from the doped electrode when the electrode functions as an anode (at which time the anode releases metal ions into the liquid)).
- An exemplary doped electrode is a cerium doped electrode, although several other rare earth or precious metals when coated onto inert electrodes such as titanium, will be known to those skilled in the art.
- a said at least one treatment agent may be provided following electrochemical treatment.
- a said at least one treatment agent may enter the treatment chamber through at least one treatment inlet.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets, especially in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents.
- the treatment chamber may include at least 10 treatment inlets, especially at least 15 inlets, more especially at least 20 inlets, and most especially at least 30 inlets.
- the at least one treatment inlet may be at least one fluid treatment inlet (the fluid may include gases and liquids, and for example, liquids including suspended solids).
- the at least one fluid treatment inlet may be in the form of a fluid treatment disperser.
- the at least one fluid treatment inlet may be at least one liquid treatment inlet.
- the at least one liquid treatment inlet may be in the form of a liquid treatment disperser.
- the liquid treatment disperser may be as described above for the liquid disperser.
- the at least one treatment inlet may be an inlet for a gas treatment agent (i.e. a gas inlet).
- the treatment chamber may further include a gas treatment disperser having a plurality of gas inlets to the treatment chamber.
- Said gas treatment disperser may be for evenly dispersing the gas relative to the electrodes in the treatment chamber, and may especially be a gas manifold.
- the gas disperser may include a plurality of gas passageways, wherein each said gas passageway includes at least one inlet for entry of a gas.
- Said plurality of gas passageways may include at least one longitudinal gas passageway and/or at least one transverse gas passageway. Any suitable type of gas disperser may be used.
- the gas disperser may include at least one gas entry point, and at least one longitudinal gas passageway and/or at least one transverse gas passageway.
- Each of the gas passageways may include at least one and preferably a plurality of gas inlets.
- the gas passageways may be arranged in any suitable way.
- the at least one transverse gas passageway may be in gaseous communication with the at least one longitudinal gas passageway.
- the at least one gas entry point may be in gaseous communication with or abut either the at least one longitudinal gas passageway, or the at least one transverse gas passageway.
- the at least one longitudinal gas passageway may be in gaseous communication with, and extend from (especially at from 30 to 150 degrees to; more especially at from 60 to 120 degrees to; most especially at about 90 degrees to) the at least one transverse gas passageway.
- the at least one gas inlet to the treatment chamber may be provided by outlets of the gas disperser.
- the treatment chamber may include at least 20 gas inlets.
- the at least one treatment inlet may be positioned at any suitable point or points in the treatment chamber.
- the at least one treatment inlet is positioned between the electrodes and the first wall (especially between the flow aligner and the first wall). If the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber, then the at least one treatment inlet may be positioned beneath the electrodes (especially so that the treatment agent substantially rises as it travels through the treatment chamber).
- the at least one treatment inlet (including a fluid treatment disperser) is integral with the first wall (or base) of the treatment chamber. In another embodiment, the at least one treatment inlet (including a fluid treatment disperser) is removable from the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents.
- the treatment chamber includes treatment inlets for different types of treatment agents (for example, a liquid treatment disperser and a gas disperser), these may be positioned relative to each other and to the at least one liquid inlet in any suitable way.
- the apparatus includes a liquid disperser and a gas disperser
- the liquid disperser may be adjacent or proximate to the gas disperser (for example, the liquid disperser may be on top of, beneath, or beside the gas disperser).
- the liquid treatment disperser may be adjacent or proximate to the liquid disperser (for example, the liquid disperser may be on top of, beneath, or beside the liquid treatment disperser).
- the at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid may be located in any suitable position in the treatment chamber.
- the at least one outlet especially may be located such that the electrodes are positioned intermediate the at least one outlet and the at least one inlet.
- the at least one outlet is located in or is positioned adjacent the second wall of the treatment chamber.
- the at least one outlet may include at least two outlets, especially two outlets.
- the at least two outlets may include at least one floc outlet for exit of floe, and at least one liquid outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid.
- This arrangement may be particularly advantageous when the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber (i.e. so that the at least one outlet is positioned above the plurality of electrodes).
- the floc outlet may be positioned above the liquid outlet. For the avoidance of doubt, some liquid may exit the treatment chamber at the floc outlet with the floe, and some floc may exit the treatment chamber through the liquid outlet (although substantially all floc especially exits the treatment chamber through the floe outlet).
- the liquid outlet may be positioned relative to the floc outlet in any suitable way.
- the floc outlet is positioned above the liquid outlet.
- the liquid outlet may be in the form of an aperture or passageway extending from a side wall of the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may include one, two, three, four or five liquid outlets.
- One or more valves may be associated with the liquid outlets so that each liquid outlet may be selectively closed or partially closed.
- This may allow adjustment of the liquid flow rate through the treatment chamber.
- the floe outlet may be a weir or spillway.
- the spillway may include a baffle (especially an adjustable baffle) which may form the lower lip of the spillway.
- the adjustable baffle may be raised or lowered to adjust the separation of the floc from the electrochemically treated liquid.
- the adjustable baffle may be a plate.
- the apparatus may include one, two, three or four floc outlets, especially on different sides of the treatment chamber.
- the floc outlet may be positioned at substantially the intended height of the liquid within
- the at least one outlet is one outlet.
- the floc may be separated from the treated liquid after the liquid exits the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus may further include a vessel in fluid communication with the at least one outlet (a defoaming chamber, as discussed below, may be intermediate the at least one outlet and the vessel). Electrochemically treated liquid exiting the liquid outlet may flow to the vessel for separation of the floc from the liquid.
- the vessel may be a clarifier for clarifying the liquid.
- the vessel may include at least one liquid outlet and at least one floc outlet. Features of the liquid outlet and the floc outlet may be as described in the preceding two paragraphs.
- the apparatus may also include a floc mover for moving floe, especially on the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber (or alternatively on the surface of the vessel in fluid communication with the at least one outlet).
- the floc mover may be configured for moving the floc towards the at least one floc outlet, and may assist in providing a horizontal flow for the liquid at the top of the treatment chamber (or at the top of the vessel).
- the floc mover may be a floc skimmer.
- the floc mover may be positioned substantially above or below the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber.
- the floc mover may include at least one floc driver for driving the floc towards the at least one floc outlet, and especially a plurality of floc drivers (these may be in the form of a paddle or projection).
- the at least one floc driver may be mounted to or mounted relative to a belt, strap, chain or cable.
- the belt, strap, chain or cable may be turned by a belt drive.
- the belt drive may be partly flexible.
- the belt drive may include at least one wheel, especially at least two wheels, more especially two wheels.
- the at least one wheel may include teeth, and may be in the form of a cog or sprocket.
- a separator may be in fluid communication with the floc outlet to separate floc from the liquid.
- the separated floc may be disposed of, further treated, or otherwise used.
- the separated liquid may be combined with the liquid exiting the treatment chamber (or vessel) via the liquid outlet; returned to the treatment chamber for further treatment; or diverted elsewhere (for example by the use of a float or sensor actuated submersible sludge pump) for further treatment, or release to the environment.
- the separator may be in the form of a filter.
- the filter may be a filtration bag, especially a filtration bag made of a polymeric material, more especially a filtration bag having woven polymeric fibres which trap some or substantially all of the solids and permit the free flow of separated liquid.
- the apparatus may also include a defoamer.
- the defoamer may be for decreasing the volume of foam (or bubbles) after the electrochemical treatment.
- foam is frequently generated from, for example, gas bubbles generated at the cathode. As these bubbles pass through the liquid they can generate foam which can be difficult to manage and can cause overflowing in liquids high in organic compounds (such as carrageenan, xanthate or guar derived vegetable gums).
- the defoamer may include one or more nozzles for spraying liquid onto the foam. As the liquid is sprayed onto the foam, the liquid droplets pierce the foam, releasing the trapped gas and decreasing the foam volume.
- the nozzle may be adjustable to modify the velocity of the sprayed liquid and the size of the sprayed liquid droplets.
- the properties of the foam produced in the electrochemical treatment may vary depending on the composition of the liquid, and an adjustable nozzle may allow for effective defoaming for a variety of liquid types. For example, if guar gum is present in the liquid during electrochemical treatment then the foam created may have very elastic bubbles, which requires larger droplets and/or a higher velocity to penetrate.
- the apparatus may include one, or a plurality of defoamers.
- the nozzle may produce a jet, or produce a mist.
- the liquid sprayed by the nozzle may be electrochemically treated liquid from the treatment chamber.
- the defoamer may include a pump for pumping the liquid through the nozzles.
- the defoamer may be positioned above the surface of the treatment chamber (or vessel) to defoam floc on the surface of the liquid.
- the defoamer may also be present in a defoaming chamber (the apparatus may include a defoaming chamber which includes a defoamer).
- the apparatus may further include a defoaming chamber (or a defoaming vessel which defines a defoaming chamber). Liquid exiting the treatment chamber through the at least one outlet may flow to the defoaming chamber.
- the liquid exiting the treatment chamber may pass through the defoaming chamber to an outlet at the base of the defoaming chamber.
- One, or a plurality of defoamers may be positioned (especially vertically positioned) within the defoaming chamber to spray liquid on foam passing (or falling) through the chamber.
- the defoaming chamber may also include one or more (especially one or two) flow diverters.
- the flow diverters may be positioned within the defoaming chamber to divert the flow of liquid to thereby increase the liberation of gas from the liquid.
- the flow diverters may be a plate, especially a substantially vertically mounted plate within the defoaming chamber.
- At least a first flow diverter may provide a weir inside the defoaming chamber.
- a second flow diverter may be positioned intermediate said first flow diverter and the inlet to the defoaming chamber (which may be the outlet of the treatment chamber).
- the second flow diverter may provide an underflow weir (under which the fluid passing through the defoaming chamber passes).
- the bottom of the second flow diverter may extend lower than the top of the first flow diverter.
- the first and/or second flow diverter may be substantially vertical.
- the first and/or second flow diverter may be a wall or plate.
- the first and second flow diverters may trap foam entering the defoaming chamber between the second flow diverter and the defoaming chamber inlet. Fluid entering the defoaming chamber may fall onto the trapped foam to assist in decomposing the foam.
- the defoaming chamber may include an outlet for exit of defoamed liquid. Said defoaming chamber outlet may be located at the base of the defoaming chamber.
- gases such as hydrogen may evolve at the electrodes, with the amount observed depending on the liquid composition.
- gases have the potential to produce foams which (in the case of a treatment chamber without a lid) has the potential to overflow.
- foam is present in the fluid introduced into a pump it can create difficulties due to the trapped gas within the foam (for example creating air locks).
- the use of a defoaming chamber may ameliorate these possibilities.
- the plurality of electrodes may be selected from the group consisting of an anode, a cathode and an electrical conductor.
- the apparatus includes at least one anode and at least one cathode.
- the electrodes may all be of similar structure and only become an anode, a cathode or an electrical conductor by virtue of the power connected to the electrode (or lack thereof in the case of an electrical conductor).
- Each said at least one electrical conductor may be positioned between at least one anode and at least one cathode.
- the apparatus may include from 10 to 1000 electrodes; especially from 20 to 500 electrodes; more especially from 30 to 250 electrodes; most especially from 40 to 100 electrodes.
- from 2 to 12 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; especially from 2 to 10 or from 2 to 8 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; more especially from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 4 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; most especially three electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source.
- the two terminal electrodes i.e. at each end of the plurality of electrodes
- an electrode intermediate the terminal electrodes especially substantially equidistant between the terminal electrodes
- the apparatus is configured so that from 5 % to 25 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; especially from 8 % to 20 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; more especially from 10 % to 20 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes or from 10 % to 15 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes.
- the apparatus is configured so that from 0.5 % to 25 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; especially from 0.5 % to 15 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; more especially from 0.5 % to 10 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes or from 0.5 % to 5 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes. In one embodiment, about 2.5 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes.
- Each electrode, a set of electrodes, or the plurality of electrodes may be replaceable and/or removable.
- the electrodes may be removable from the treatment chamber by means of an overhead gantry.
- the electrodes may be removed for temporary storage as a set (for example in horizontal racks above the unit), or can be replaced individually such as when an electrode loses its anodic potential through diminished surface area, for example by corrosion.
- Each electrode may be of any suitable shape, although certain shapes facilitate easy removal from the treatment chamber.
- each electrode may be curved or planar, especially planar.
- Each electrode may also be, for example, of square, rectangular, trapezoidal, rhomboid, or polygonal shape; especially of rectangular or square shape.
- Each electrode may also be of solid construction, or may include a plurality of apertures. Each electrode may be especially of solid construction.
- each electrode is a plate.
- a said electrode or a portion of the plurality of electrodes may be of circular, ovoid, or elliptical cross section.
- the electrodes in the portion of the plurality of electrodes may be positioned so that one electrode is inside the adjacent electrode.
- a portion of the plurality of electrodes may be concentrically positioned (especially when said electrodes are cylindrical in shape).
- Each electrode may be made of any suitable material. Exemplary materials include aluminium, iron, steel, stainless steel, steel alloy (including mild carbon steel), magnesium, titanium and carbon. In another embodiment, each electrode may be made of an alloy of or containing a material selected from the group consisting of: aluminium, iron, steel, magnesium, titanium and carbon. Each electrode may be selected depending upon the liquid to be treated, the contaminants in the liquid, the floc to be created and the relative cost of the various metallic electrodes at the time. Each said electrode within the apparatus may be the same or different, and may include the same metal or different metals (for example depending on the desired performance). A said or each electrode may also include one or more treatment agents for release during the electrochemical treatment. A said or each electrode may also include one or more treatment agents to catalyse specific reactions, especially oxidative reactions, during the electrochemical treatment.
- the electrodes may be positionable above or below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber. However, the electrodes are especially positionable below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber. If the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber, this arrangement may advantageously not impede liquid or floc horizontal flow at the surface of the liquid.
- the electrodes may be positionable within the reaction chamber at any suitable angle.
- the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes may be angled from a vertical plane (obliquely configured) or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes may be positioned substantially vertically or at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes may be positioned at an angle of from 5 to 40 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, especially from 5 to 35 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, more especially from 10 to 30, 10 to 15 or 15 to 30 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes may be positioned at less than 40 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, more especially less than 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10 or 5 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes may be positioned at greater than 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes may be substantially vertical (or in a vertical plane) or substantially in a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber.
- the inventors have found that different liquids react differently to different electrode angles.
- a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber refers to a plane perpendicular to the base of the trough or channel.
- positioning the electrodes within the treatment chamber at an angle may result in a number of advantages.
- positioning the electrodes at an angle may mean that the liquid flows against the electrodes as it rises through the treatment chamber (also gases may travel against the electrode as the gas rises through the treatment chamber). This may assist, for example, in reductive processes within the treatment chamber or may assist in preventing build-up of material (such as floe) on the electrodes. This may be especially advantageous when the polarity of the electrode, particularly a cathode, can be reversed during the passage of a reductive gas along or over its surface.
- positioning the electrodes at an angle results in a horizontal movement being applied to the liquid as it travels through the treatment chamber. This can assist in directing the liquid through the at least one outlet, and especially floc through the floc outlet.
- the horizontal or essentially tangential movement applied to particles suspended or dispersed within the liquid forces any coagulated sediment or floc away from the treatment chamber thereby providing a clear disposal path for the floc from the treatment chamber.
- positioning the electrodes at an angle may assist in agglomerating floe.
- the floc may flow against the electrodes. This means that floc is more concentrated against the electrodes which assist in further agglomeration.
- the floc includes oil particles
- the rising oil particles may be coalesced into larger droplets as a result of partial entrainment by friction beneath the electrodes.
- the dissolved or emulsified oil particles in the liquid may contact the underside of the electrodes where they accumulate and combine with other forming oil particles at the charged interface until such time as a larger (coalesced) droplet forms which then floats to the surface aided by the predominantly diagonal and vertical (but tangential to the droplet) liquid flow.
- Each electrode may be of any suitable thickness, for example from 1 mm to 20 mm thick, especially from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick, most especially about 3 mm thick.
- each electrode is less than 20 mm thick, especially less than 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 mm thick.
- each electrode is greater than 0.5 mm thick, especially greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 or 19 mm thick.
- thickness of the electrode may be a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, especially about 3 mm thick.
- the electrodes may be spaced at any suitable distance.
- the electrodes may be (especially on average) from 1 mm to 150 mm apart, especially from 1 mm to 100 mm apart or from 1 mm to 50 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 10 mm apart.
- the electrodes may be (especially on average) from 1 mm to 5 mm apart, or from 1.5 mm to 4.5 mm apart; more especially about 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes are (especially on average) less than 150 mm apart, especially less than 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4 or 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes are (especially on average) greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 or 150 mm apart.
- the electrodes may also be a range apart in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- each electrode may be the same distance apart or different distances apart.
- the electrodes may be held apart in any suitable way.
- the treatment chamber may include guides for holding the electrodes in position.
- the guides may be grooves or slots positioned in opposite walls of the treatment chamber.
- the guides may be made from a high-density, electrically insulating polymeric material, such as HDPE or PVC, or a material as discussed below for the electrode holder.
- the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick; and the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm apart.
- Using thinner electrodes positioned close together enables a greater number of electrodes to be positioned within the treatment chamber. This increases the surface area of the electrodes in contact with the liquid, which may enhance the electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- the electrodes may have a tapered lower edge or edge proximate to the at least one inlet.
- the lower edge (or edge proximate to the at least one inlet) of the electrodes may be tapered to an angle of about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the electrode.
- the taper may extend less than 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4% or 3% of the length of the electrode.
- the lower edge of the electrode or edge proximate to the at least one inlet may be tapered on one or more sides, such as two opposed longitudinal sides, more especially one longitudinal side. If the lower edge of the electrode or edge proximate to the at least one inlet is tapered on more than one side, then the taper on each side may be the same or different.
- the apparatus may also include at least one non-conductive element positioned within the treatment chamber.
- the non-conductive element may alter the electrical field (amperage and voltage) within the treatment chamber.
- the position, shape and configuration of the non-conductive element may be as described above for the electrodes.
- the non-conductive element is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, such as, for example, a material selected from the group consisting of: a polymer plastic (such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polypropylene (PP)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix, or a combination of the aforementioned materials
- the apparatus may further include at least one electrode holder for holding a plurality of electrodes.
- the at least one electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may be configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with the at least one electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one guide for guiding the electrode holder into position.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one (or a plurality of) grooves for slidable engagement of the electrode holder in the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder or to at least one electrode held by the electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber may include a plurality of power connectors (for example of the same or different polarity) for connecting power to each electrode holder or to electrodes held by the electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder, to thereby power at least one of the electrodes held by the electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one anode in the electrode holder (especially one or two power connectors) and at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one cathode (especially one or two power connectors) in the electrode holder.
- the at least one power connector may be located on a wall of the treatment chamber (especially a side wall or the first wall), especially in a groove in which the electrode holder may be slideably engaged. Only one wall of the treatment chamber may include a power connector for each electrode holder.
- the at least one power connector may be made of a metal, especially bronze.
- the treatment chamber includes at least one power connector that is adapted to contact the working face of at least one (for example one or two) electrodes.
- the term "working face" refers to the surface of the electrode that contacts the liquid during the electrochemical treatment.
- at least one (especially one or two) power connectors may be positioned adjacent one or more side walls of the treatment chamber, especially one or more side walls parallel to the working face of the electrodes.
- At least one power connector may be positioned between electrode holders in the treatment chamber.
- At least one power connector may be positioned intermediate two electrode holders, and the at least one power connector may be positioned intermediate to the working face of a terminal electrode of each electrode holder (in this case, one power connector may power one electrode in each electrode holder.
- the at least one power connector may be housed within a power connector housing located intermediate two electrode holders).
- the at least one power connector may include a biasing mechanism for biasing the power connector against an electrode.
- the biasing mechanism may include a compression spring.
- the at least one power connector may be made of a metal, especially a resilient metal, such as steel, more especially stainless steel, most especially spring steel.
- the use of a biasing mechanism in the power connector may improve the contact between the electrode and the power connector, assist in holding the electrode holder in place, and avoid the need for screwed connectors when replacing electrode holders.
- the power connector may traverse a wall of the treatment chamber (especially a side wall) to provide a tab for connection to a power source (possibly via the current controller, as described further below).
- the at least one power connector may have or include a corrugated shape.
- the treatment chamber may be configured to releasably engage with from 1 to 100 electrode holders, especially from 2 to 50 electrode holders, more especially from 2 to 40, from 2 to 30, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 10 electrode holders.
- Each said electrode holder may include a frame, and the frame may include a handle and at least two side walls.
- the handles of the electrode holders, once placed in the treatment chamber, may form the lid of the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder handles may sealingly abut each other in the treatment chamber.
- the frame may also include a flow aligner (or a segment of a flow aligner).
- the flow aligner is a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid, and wherein the treatment chamber includes a shelf upon which the electrode holder rests when the electrode holder is releasably engaged with the treatment chamber.
- the frame may be substantially U-shaped, with the base of the "U” forming the handle and the sides of the "U” forming the side walls.
- the frame may be of substantially square or rectangular-shaped, with two opposite side walls of the square/rectangle forming the side walls of the frame, and the other opposed sides forming a flow aligner and a handle.
- the electrode holder may be in the form of a cartridge. Accordingly, each said electrode holder (or at least one said electrode holder) may include a flow aligner, as described above.
- the flow aligner may be positioned between the electrodes and the at least one inlet.
- the electrode holder handle may include an electrode holder remover (such as a strap (or strap loop), especially a cable, string or thread) to assist in removing the electrode holder from the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder especially the at least two side walls of the electrode holder may be configured to releasably engage with the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder especially the at least two side walls
- the electrode holder may be slideably engageable with the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder especially the at least two side walls
- the treatment chamber may include a shelf upon which the electrode holder rests when in position.
- the treatment chamber or the electrode holder may include a clamp for releasably clamping the electrode holder in position.
- the electrode holder (especially at least one of the at least two side walls or the side of the holder proximate to the first wall of the treatment chamber) may be configured to accept power, especially from a wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder (especially at least one of the at least two side walls) may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode held by the electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber may also be configured to provide power longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode. Providing power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode, or longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode, may provide superior flow of power than if power was only supplied to the at least one electrode at a single point.
- the electrode holder may include a power connector for connecting with a power connector from the treatment chamber.
- power connectors in the electrode holder and the treatment chamber may connect in any suitable way.
- the two power connectors may connect by way of abutting surfaces or projections, or by way of a male-female connection.
- the electrode holder may hold a plurality of electrodes.
- the electrodes within the electrode holder may be replaceable and/or removable. In one embodiment, the electrodes within the electrode holder may not be replaceable and/or removable.
- the electrode holder may include slots machined to enable the electrodes to slide in and out of the electrode holder as required. This may enable replacement of the electrodes within the electrode holder whilst the apparatus is in operation.
- the electrodes, properties of the electrodes, orientation of the electrodes, and the relationship between two electrodes (e.g. the distance between electrodes) in the electrode holder may be as described above.
- the electrode holder may also include at least one non-conductive element. Therefore, the electrode holder may hold one or more electrodes and one or more non-conductive elements.
- the electrode holder may hold from 3 to 100 electrodes; especially from 3 to 50 electrodes; more especially from 3 to 25 electrodes; most especially from 5 to 15 electrodes or from 8 to 15 electrodes, about 10 electrodes or about 13 electrodes. In one embodiment, the electrode holder holds at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 electrodes. In another embodiment, the electrode holder holds less than 100, 90, 80, 70, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20 or 15 electrodes.
- the electrode holder or the electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber at any suitable angle.
- the orientation of the electrode holder may be as described above for the angle of electrodes within the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder may be positionable substantially vertically within the treatment chamber. This may be particularly advantageous if the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes may be held substantially vertically by the electrode holder, or the electrodes may be held at an angle from the vertical by the electrode holder. In another embodiment, the electrode holder is positionable at an angle within the treatment chamber.
- the electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable in the same plane as the electrode holder, or the electrodes may be positionable at an angle relative to the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder.
- the electrodes may be positionable at an angle of from 0-20 degrees from the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder, more especially from 0-15 degrees or from 0-10 degrees, most especially from 0-5 degrees or 0-3 degrees or 0 degrees from the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder.
- the electrode holder advantageously may allow for the easy and rapid exchange of electrodes in the apparatus.
- the electrode holder may overcome the delays inherent in changing individual electrodes within the reaction chamber and may be particularly advantageous in areas of low head height.
- the frame of the electrode holder may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material.
- the frame of the electrode holder may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber.
- the frame of the electrode holder may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; or a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material.
- a resin or resin solution such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether
- the electrode holder may be removable from the treatment chamber by way of a removal device (especially a lifting device which lifts the electrode holder from the treatment chamber).
- the lifting device may lift the electrode holder substantially vertically before allowing for horizontal movement of the electrode holder above the apparatus.
- the lifting device may be slideably mounted on at least one (especially two) rails.
- the electrode holder may be removable using an overhead gantry.
- the apparatus may further include a liquid pump for pumping liquid to be treated through the at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and/or at least one treatment agent pump (which may be a liquid pump and/or a gas pump) for pumping the treatment agent through the at least one treatment inlet.
- Said pump may be a variable speed pump. Any suitable pump may be used.
- the gas pump may be an entrained air pump or a centrifugal, diaphragm, peristaltic, geared or similar pump.
- a liquid pump may or may not be necessary, depending on the pressure of the liquid delivered to the treatment chamber.
- a liquid pump, particularly a geared or diaphragm pump may be advantageous as this may permit greater control over the liquid flow rates within the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus may further include one or more sensors for sensing: flow velocity through the treatment chamber; volume of liquid in the treatment chamber (including the liquid height, especially when the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber); formation of products in the treatment chamber or exiting the treatment chamber (including gases, especially explosive gases); presence of contaminants in the treatment chamber or exiting the treatment chamber; passivating accumulations on one or more electrodes; and the conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber.
- the apparatus includes a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment.
- the system may be automated and include one or more sensors as outlined in the preceding paragraph and one or more devices for regulating the electrochemical treatment, wherein the one or more devices are in communication with the one or more sensors to thereby automate the treatment.
- the system may be controlled by a controller (such as a programmable logic controller (PLC)).
- PLC programmable logic controller
- the one or more devices may include at least one selected from the group consisting of: a pump (especially a variable speed pump) for regulating the flow of liquid into the treatment chamber; a current controller for controlling the electrical current to the electrodes (especially for controlling the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby provide cathodes and anodes, and/or the voltage of the current); treatment enhancer applicator for applying a treatment enhancer to the treatment chamber (for example, an electromagnetic radiation source or a sonic generator); a valve for draining the treatment chamber (and optionally a pump in fluid communication with the valve); a treatment agent applicator for applying one or more treatment agents to the treatment chamber (this may include a treatment agent pump); fluid jets (including liquid and gas jets) for reducing passivating accumulations on the electrodes (the fluid jets may be high-pressure fluid jets); an electrode holder remover and inserter; and an electrode plate remover and inserter.
- a pump especially a variable speed pump
- a current controller for controlling the
- the current controller may control the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby provide cathodes and anodes.
- the polarity of the electrodes is reversed during the electrochemical treatment. Any suitable electrical current may be applied to the plurality of electrodes.
- the polarity of the electrodes may advantageously be alternated to thereby reduce passivating accumulations on the electrodes and create a reversible electrical field within the treatment chamber. The polarity switching of the electrodes may allow specific chemical reactions to be delayed or accelerated as required.
- the anodes typically are sacrificial and gradually reduce in size.
- the cathodes typically undergo passivation and accumulate matter on their surfaces.
- the current source applied to the apparatus is direct current, but due to the alternating polarity of the current by the current controller, the current applied to the electrodes is alternating current.
- the current applied to the plurality of electrodes may be a direct current of adjustable frequency of alternation.
- the current controller may also modify the sinewave ramping angles during the electrochemical treatment, and/or modify the rate of current application to the electrodes during the electrochemical treatment.
- the current controller may control the frequency of current reversal to the electrodes.
- the current controller may also control the relative proportion of cathodes and anodes in the electrochemical apparatus. Control of the relative proportion and hence surface area of cathodes and anodes may be advantageous, as this will alter the chemistry of the electrochemical treatment. For example, if the total surface area of the anodes exceeds (especially by a significant degree) the surface area of the cathodes then an oxidising environment is created within the treatment chamber. Alternatively, if the total surface area of the cathodes exceeds (especially by a significant degree) the surface area of the anodes, then a reducing environment is created within the treatment chamber.
- the electrical current controller may apply a voltage to the treatment chamber to apply an effective voltage to each cell of from 0.1 to 50 V; especially from 0.1 to 40 V, from 0.5 to 30 V, or from 0.5 to 20 V; more especially from 1 to 10 V or from 1 to 5 V or from 2 to 4 V; most especially about 2-3 V or about 3 V (the "effective voltage to each cell" is the voltage between two adjacent electrodes in the treatment chamber).
- the effective voltage to each cell may be adjusted by adjusting the voltage applied to the electrodes by the electrical current controller, by adjusting the number of electrodes connected to an electrical current, by positioning a non-conductive element within the treatment chamber, and/or by altering the number of electrodes in the treatment chamber (for example using an electrode holder remover and inserter, and/or an electrode plate remover and inserter).
- the electrical current may be provided by a voltage source.
- the apparatus further includes a voltage source.
- the conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber may vary, and this conductivity may affect the extent and type of reactions occurring in the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment.
- the electrochemical treatment may provide the same (or similar) effect when treating a highly conductive liquid with fewer electrodes, as when treating a poorly conductive liquid with a greater number of electrodes.
- a sensor for sensing the conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber may be in communication (such as via a PLC) with the current controller, an electrode holder remover and inserter, and/or an electrode plate remover and inserter to thereby control the effective voltage to each cell (this may occur in an automated manner).
- the present disclosure relates to an electrode holder for an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, wherein the electrode holder is configured for holding a plurality of electrodes and to engage (especially releasably engage) with an electrochemical treatment chamber (especially the treatment chamber of the apparatus of the ninth aspect of the present disclosure).
- the present disclosure provides an electrode holder for an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes and being configured to releasably engage with a treatment chamber of the electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, wherein said electrode holder includes a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes.
- the flow aligner is for distributing the liquid between the electrodes.
- the flow aligner is a wall defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- the electrode holder may include a plurality of electrodes.
- the electrode holder may be in the form of a cartridge.
- the electrode holder may be slideably engageable with the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder may be configured to accept power from a wall of the treatment chamber.
- the electrode holder may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode held by the electrode holder.
- the electrode holder may be configured so that power is applied to the working face of at least one electrode in the electrode holder.
- Features of the electrode holder of the tenth aspect of the present disclosure may be as described for the electrode holder of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- the electrode holder may further include a flow aligner, for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes or distributing the flow of liquid between the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may be as described above.
- the flow aligner may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or baffle walls extending beneath the electrodes.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend substantially vertically beneath the electrodes.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to the electrodes.
- the flow aligner may also be a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- the electrode holder or the electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber at any suitable angle, especially at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, more especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical.
- the electrodes within the electrode holder may be from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, especially about 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes within the electrode holder may be replaceable and/or removable.
- Features of the electrodes in the electrode holder may be as defined for the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- the present disclosure relates to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid, the method including the steps of:
- the method of the eleventh aspect may also include the step of generating floc as the liquid is electrochemically treated, and removing floc from the apparatus.
- the method may also include the step of introducing at least one treatment agent into the apparatus, especially in which the treatment agent is a gas or an oxidant or reductant.
- the method may also include the step of applying a treatment enhancer to the treatment chamber.
- the method includes the step of reversing the polarity of the at least one cathode and the at least one anode during the electrochemical treatment.
- the method of the eleventh aspect may be a method of electrolytically treating a liquid.
- the present disclosure relates to a method of inserting or removing an electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes (as provided in the tenth aspect of the present disclosure) into the apparatus of the seventh aspect of the present disclosure.
- the present disclosure provides a water treatment system including the apparatus of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- the water treatment system may also include the electrode holder of the tenth aspect of the present disclosure.
- the water treatment system may further include one or more of the following components: a balance tank, a treatment tank (such as an acid tank, a base tank, a treatment agent tank), a clarifier, a screw (sludge dewatering) press, a drop tank, a storage tank, and a filtration system.
- the filtration system may include one or more of: a sand filter, a carbon filter and one or more of a series of membrane filters (such as a membrane for ultrafiltration, microfiltration, nanofiltration or reverse osmosis, including separate spiral-wound membranes, as required for further polishing of treated water).
- a series of membrane filters such as a membrane for ultrafiltration, microfiltration, nanofiltration or reverse osmosis, including separate spiral-wound membranes, as required for further polishing of treated water.
- FIGS 1 to 7 illustrate three different electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatuses 1.
- Each apparatus 1 includes a treatment chamber 10 having at least one inlet 20 and at least one outlet 30.
- a plurality of electrodes 40 Positioned within the treatment chamber 10 are a plurality of electrodes 40.
- the plurality of electrodes include at least one cathode 42 and at least one anode 44.
- the apparatus 1 illustrated in the figures is especially adapted for electrocoagulation processes, but it would be appreciated that the apparatus 1 may also be used in other electrochemical / electrolytic processes such as for performing electrochemical reactions on the liquid or on the contaminants within the liquid.
- the electrochemical reactions may change the state of specific components within the liquid (for example by reductive or oxidative processes).
- the apparatus 1 illustrated in the figures is particularly intended for use with aqueous solutions (such as those defined above), but any suitable liquid may be used in the apparatus 1.
- the liquid may be an aqueous solution, especially brine or an aqueous oil solution (including in the form of a suspension or emulsion) or the liquid may be a liquid including a refractory organic, a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate, a carbonate or another anion or cation.
- the liquid may be wastewater from the dewatering of any oil or gas deposit (including coal seam and unconventional gas) (this water may be moderately saline).
- liquid for use with the apparatus 1 is liquid with sulfate ion species.
- hydrogen generated at the anode 44 may reduce the sulfate ion from SO 4 2- to HS - ions.
- HS - ions may preferentially combine with divalent metallic species, especially at above pH 7.0, to provide ecologically immobile sulfide minerals. This may be particularly advantageous for divalent metal species which can act as serious environmental contaminants such as those arising from acid mine drainage (AMD) and electroplating wastes.
- a further type of liquid is an aqueous oil solution (especially an emulsion).
- oil solutions are electrolytically treated, the oil particles may rise to the surface of the liquid and coalesce.
- the liquid to be treated may be a marine or freshwater algae or algal biomass, and treatment of this liquid may result in disruption of the cell wall to thereby release algal components into the water stream.
- algal components may include vegetable derived colourings such as carotene, chlorophyll or xanthophyll or valuable hydrocarbons such as kerogen to be commercially recovered from algae and similar materials.
- the term "floc" relates to any coagulated, precipitated matter or sludge (which, for example, may be solid or gelatinous in form, or may be or include oils) produced during the electrolytic treatment.
- Floc produced by the apparatus 1 of the present disclosure differs in significant ways from floc generated by chemical coagulation.
- a floc produced in the present disclosure typically contains substantially less bound water, is more shear resistant and is more readily filterable than flocs produced by conventional chemical coagulation processes.
- the process of electrolytic treatment to form the floc causes impurities in the liquid (especially water) to be easily removable or separable from the floc.
- the application of an electrical field between the electrodes 40 (between the at least one cathode 42 and the at least one anode 44) in the treatment chamber 10 may result in the creation of highly charged polymeric metal hydroxide species (these are typically created at the at least one anode 44 ). These species typically neutralise the electrostatic charges on contaminants in the liquid (such as suspended solids or oil droplets) and facilitate their coagulation or agglomeration and resultant separation from the liquid.
- electrolytic treatment typically results in the precipitation of certain metals, salts and amphoteric species as coagulated particles within the apparatus and especially on the surface of the electrodes 40. This surface fouling or passivation of the electrodes 40 is a significant disadvantage of prior art apparatuses.
- the liquid rises (or ascends) as it travels through the treatment chamber 10. In a further embodiment, the liquid obliquely rises as it travels through the treatment chamber 10.
- the treatment chamber 10 may be of any suitable shape. In Figures 1 , 3 to 5 and 7 , the treatment chamber 10 has a square cross-section, but the chamber 10 also may be, for example, of circular, ovoid, elliptical, polygonal or rectangular cross-section.
- the treatment chamber 10 typically has a base 12, a top or lid 14 and one or more side walls.
- the base 12 of the treatment chamber 10 illustrated in Figures 1 , 3 to 5 and 7 is flat or planar, but the base 12 may also be of any suitable shape, for example to accommodate other components of a liquid treatment system.
- the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10 illustrated in Figures 1 , 3 to 5 and 7 is open, but the treatment chamber 10 may be fully or partially closed or be closable with a lid. If the chamber 10 is closed or closable, then the top 14 or lid of the chamber 10 may include a vent or other outlet for exit of gases which evolve during the electrocoagulation process.
- the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10 is of the same dimensions as the base 12.
- the treatment chamber 10 may be of any suitable size. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber 10 accommodates from 125 kL to 500 kL of liquid, especially about 250 kL.
- the apparatus 1 may be configured for a liquid flow rate of at least 10 L/s, especially about 23 L/s.
- the residence time of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10 may be less than 2 minutes, especially about 30 seconds.
- An exemplary disperser 22 is illustrated in Figure 2 (in the form of a liquid manifold).
- this disperser there are two liquid entry points 24 in fluid communication with two longitudinal liquid passageways 26. Between the two longitudinal liquid passageways 26 extend a plurality of transverse liquid passageways 28. Each of the transverse liquid passageways include a plurality of inlets 20.
- the disperser may include one liquid entry point 24 in fluid communication with one transverse liquid passageway 28.
- a plurality of longitudinal liquid passageways 26 may then be in fluid communication with, and extend from the transverse liquid passageway 28.
- Each longitudinal liquid passageway 26 may include a plurality of inlets 20 to the treatment chamber 10. There may be one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more than ten longitudinal liquid passageways 26 and/or transverse liquid passageways 28.
- the disperser 22 may further include a diffuser, for evenly distributing the liquid exiting the disperser 22.
- a diffuser may further improve the movement of the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber 10. For example, when a liquid enters the disperser the pressure may be higher at the liquid entry point 24 than at a position on the disperser 22 furthest from the liquid entry point 24.
- one solution may be to vary the size of the inlet 20 openings, so that the inlet 20 openings are larger at the liquid entry point 24 end of the disperser 22, and the inlet 20 openings are smaller at the position on the disperser 22 furthest from the liquid entry point 24.
- the at least one inlet 20 and/or disperser 22 is positioned beneath the electrodes 40, especially so that the liquid substantially rises as it travels through the treatment chamber 10.
- the disperser 22 may be integral with or removable from the base 12 of the treatment chamber 10.
- At least one treatment agent may be used to assist in the treatment of the liquid.
- the at least one treatment agent may be a fluid (including a gas or a liquid) or a solid.
- the at least one treatment agent may be an oxidant or reductant.
- the at least one treatment agent may be for reaction with certain contaminants in the liquid to be treated, may be used to adjust the properties of the liquid being treated (for example to adjust the pH of the liquid), or may be for adjusting the properties of the floc (for example the agglomeration, viscosity or flowability of the floc).
- the at least one treatment agent may be a gas (which may be inert, an oxidant or a reductant, for example).
- the gas may be advantageously used to improve or increase the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes and/or to increase or improve the reaction of components within the liquid.
- the gas may, in particular, create favourable conditions at the face of the electrodes 40 wherein reduction or oxidation processes can be better controlled by the presence of gaseous reactants, which can include either reactive or inert gaseous reactants.
- Increasing the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes 40 may be advantageous for several reasons.
- increased liquid flow velocity between the electrodes 40 may reduce the accumulation of dangerous gases, such as hydrogen, chlorine and hydrogen sulfide at the electrodes 40.
- dangerous gases such as hydrogen, chlorine and hydrogen sulfide
- the formation rate of such gases is usually so low that poor clearance of these gases occurs.
- the addition of a buoyant gas to the treatment chamber 10 improves the clearance of such dangerous gases.
- a second and related advantage of increasing the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes 40 is that passivation of the at least one cathode 42 may be reduced, as higher liquid flow rates decreases the potential for material build-up (such as floe) on the at least one cathode 42.
- a third advantage of increasing the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes 40 is that the liquid is more likely to push any floc (including, for example, coalescing oil droplets) being formed to the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10, where the floc may be efficiently removed or recovered for further processing or sale. This prevents the floc from settling on the base 12 of the treatment chamber 10.
- any floc including, for example, coalescing oil droplets
- the gas introduced to the treatment chamber 10 may also be used to contribute to chemical reactions occurring within the treatment chamber 10, allowing for the formation of additional compounds to assist in treatment or purification of the liquid.
- the gas selected may be used as an oxidant or a reductant. Specific types of gases may be selected for removal of targeted ionic species.
- gases that may be used in the apparatus 1 include air, hydrogen, oxygen, ozone, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, nitrogen, chlorine, fluorine, chlorine dioxide, ammonia, or a combination thereof; especially hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, chlorine, carbon monoxide, air, carbon dioxide, or a combination thereof; more especially air, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or a combination thereof.
- the gas may be especially known for its ability to display enhanced reactivity in an electric field with ionic species present in such water and wastewater systems.
- the gas may be a buoyant gas.
- the liquid to be treated is concentrated brine from a reverse osmosis system
- carbon dioxide may be introduced into the treatment chamber 10, and depending on the pH chosen, the resulting reaction products may be sodium sesquicarbonate (where sodium is the dominant ion), and/or mixed magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxy-carbonate-hydroxy-chloride (where magnesium is the dominant ion).
- the electrodes 40 may include metallic alloys containing aluminium and magnesium such that magnesium enters the liquid from anode consumption or dissolution, and reactive gases such as hydrogen may form as the anode is consumed or dissolved.
- a plurality of treatment agents may enter the treatment chamber 10, such as an inert gas and an oxidant or reductant.
- the at least one treatment agent may be introduced into the treatment chamber 10 in any suitable way.
- the treatment agent is a solid
- the solid may be added directly to the treatment chamber 10, such as by dropping the solid into the treatment chamber 10 at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10.
- the at least one treatment agent (which may be a solid, liquid or gas) may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters the treatment chamber.
- the at least one treatment agent is a solid
- the solid treatment agent may be dissolved in the liquid to be treated, or a suspension or colloid may be formed.
- the at least one treatment agent is a gas
- the gas treatment agent may be added to, or dissolved within, the liquid to be treated (for example this may be achieved under pressure).
- the added gas may form microbubbles in the treatment chamber 10 (for example in suspension as the pressure is progressively reduced), and these microbubbles may rise through the treatment chamber 10.
- turbulent mixing conditions may be provided, along with a reducing or oxidative environment as required.
- the microbubbles may entrain materials forming at the electrodes 40 so as to keep the electrodes 40 clear of reaction products or may for example provide gases for reductive or oxidative processes at the face or reactive surface of the electrodes 40.
- the apparatus 1 includes a mixer in fluid communication with the at least one inlet for a liquid to be treated 20, wherein the mixer is for mixing at least one treatment agent (which may be a liquid, gas or solid) with the liquid to be treated, before the liquid to be treated passes through the at least one inlet 20.
- at least one treatment agent which may be a liquid, gas or solid
- the at least one treatment agent may enter the treatment chamber 10 through at least one treatment inlet for entry to the treatment chamber 10 of the at least one treatment agent.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents.
- the at least one treatment inlet may allow for further control over the rate of addition or concentration of the at least one treatment agent within the treatment chamber 10 (and if the at least one treatment agent is an oxidant or reductant, for example, the at least one treatment inlet may allow control over the rate at which electrochemical oxidation or reduction reactions may occur).
- the at least one treatment agent may, for example, be mixed with a liquid (such as a portion of the liquid to be treated) before it passes through the at least one treatment inlet.
- the at least one treatment agent may be mixed with the liquid as discussed in the previous paragraph before it passes through the at least one treatment inlet.
- the at least one treatment inlet is a plurality of treatment inlets for dispersing the treatment agent into the treatment chamber 10, especially for evenly dispersing the treatment agent throughout the treatment chamber 10.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least 20 inlets.
- the treatment agent may evenly enter the treatment chamber 10. This may permit a consistent concentration and/or distribution of the treatment agent in the liquid before the treatment agent is proximate to the electrodes 40, which in turn may allow for improved reaction of the liquid to be treated.
- the treatment agent is a gas
- a plurality of inlets for a gas treatment agent may improve even fluid flow throughout the treatment chamber 10 and may maximise efficient contact between the electrodes 40 positioned within the treatment chamber 10 and the liquid being treated.
- a plurality of inlets for a gas treatment agent may also improve the distribution of the gas within the liquid being treated, which in turn may improve the effect of the gas in chemical/electrochemical reactions within the treatment chamber 10 (for example, when the gas is an oxidant or reductant, the performance of the apparatus 1 in treatment, separation or recovery of contaminants may be improved).
- the at least one treatment inlet may be at least one fluid treatment inlet (the fluid may include gases and liquids, and for example, the liquids may include suspended solids).
- the term "fluid treatment inlet” does not mean that the treatment agent is in fluid form (although it may be), only that a fluid at least including the treatment agent passes through the fluid treatment inlet.
- the at least one fluid treatment inlet may be in the form of a fluid treatment disperser.
- the at least one fluid treatment inlet may be at least one liquid treatment inlet (again, the term "liquid treatment inlet” means that a liquid at least including the treatment agent passes through the liquid treatment inlet).
- the at least one liquid treatment inlet may be in the form of a liquid treatment disperser.
- the liquid treatment disperser may be as described above for the liquid disperser.
- the at least one treatment inlet may be an inlet for a gas treatment agent (i.e. a gas inlet 60).
- the treatment chamber 10 may include a gas disperser 62, especially in the form of a gas manifold, the gas disperser 62 having a plurality of gas inlets 60.
- the gas disperser 62 may be for evenly dispersing the gas relative to the electrodes 40 in the treatment chamber 10.
- An exemplary gas disperser 62 is illustrated in Figure 6 , in the form of a gas manifold. In this disperser there are two gas entry points 64 in gaseous communication with two longitudinal gas passageways 66. Between the two longitudinal gas passageways 66 extend a plurality of transverse gas passageways 68.
- At least one or each of the transverse gas passageways include a plurality of gas inlets 60.
- the gas disperser 62 may include one gas entry point 64 in gaseous communication with one transverse gas passageway 68.
- a plurality of longitudinal gas passageways 66 may then be in gaseous communication with, and extend from the transverse gas passageway 68.
- Each longitudinal gas passageway 66 may include a plurality of gas inlets 60.
- the gas disperser 62 may be positioned beneath the electrodes 40 in the treatment chamber 10.
- the apparatus 1 may include a liquid pump for pumping liquid through the at least one liquid inlet 20, and/or at least one treatment agent pump (which may be a liquid pump and/or a gas pump) for pumping the treatment agent through the at least one treatment inlet.
- a liquid pump for pumping liquid through the at least one liquid inlet 20
- at least one treatment agent pump (which may be a liquid pump and/or a gas pump) for pumping the treatment agent through the at least one treatment inlet.
- the at least one outlet 30 may be positioned above the electrodes 40 (especially at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10), especially so that the liquid substantially rises as it travels through the treatment chamber 10.
- the at least one outlet 30 includes a floc outlet 32 for exit of floc, and/or a liquid outlet 34 for exit of electrochemically / electrolytically treated liquid.
- the floc outlet 32 may be positioned above the liquid outlet 34.
- the liquid outlet 34 may be positioned in any suitable way within the treatment chamber 10, provided that substantially no floc is able to exit the treatment chamber 10 through the liquid outlet 34. In the embodiment illustrated in Figures 1 , 3 to 5 and 7 , the liquid outlet 34 is positioned directly beneath the floc outlet 32. However, this need not be the case.
- the liquid outlet 34 may be positioned, for example, lower in the treatment chamber 10, such as below the top of the electrodes 40.
- the liquid outlet 34 may be in the form of an aperture in the side of a wall of the treatment chamber 10 (as illustrated in Figures 1 , 3 to 5 and 7 ).
- the treatment chamber 10 may include one, two, three, four or five liquid outlets 34.
- One or more valves may be associated with the liquid outlets 34 so that each liquid outlet 34 may be selectively closed or partially closed. This would allow for adjustment of the liquid flow rate through the treatment chamber 10.
- the floc outlet 32 is in the form of a weir or spillway above the electrodes.
- the at least one inlet 20 is also provided in a disperser 22 positioned beneath the electrodes 40. This arrangement results in the liquid rising past the plurality of electrodes 40 within the treatment chamber 10 when the apparatus 1 is in operation.
- the electrodes 40 are positioned beneath the liquid level within the treatment chamber 10. This means that once the liquid being treated passes above the electrodes, the liquid moves horizontally in the direction of the weir.
- floc collects on the surface of the liquid which allows substantially all floc to exit the treatment chamber 10 over the weir or spillway.
- the at least one outlet 30 is positioned in the upper portion of the treatment chamber 10, and the at least one inlet 20 is positioned in the lower portion of the treatment chamber 10. In one embodiment, the at least one outlet 30 is positioned at a different height to the at least one inlet 20 in the treatment chamber 10 (this arrangement may avoid overly turbulent flow of the liquid through the apparatus).
- apparatus 1 may allow substantially all coagulated floc to rise to the surface of the liquid, where the floc can be separated after passing through the floc outlet 32. This is in marked difference to many existing electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatuses, in which floc often settles at the bottom of the apparatus, where it needs to be removed via a drain.
- the apparatus 1 includes at least one floc outlet 32, especially in the form of a weir or spillway.
- the apparatus 1 includes two, three or four floc outlets 32, especially in the form of a weir or spillway.
- the floc outlet 32 may include an adjustable baffle, which may be in the form of a plate.
- the adjustable baffle may form the lower lip of a weir or spillway, and the baffle may be raised or lowered to adjust the separation of the floc from the electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid. For example, by raising the baffle typically less electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid would pass through the floc outlet 32.
- the apparatus 1 may also include a floc mover 80 (especially in the form of a floc skimmer as illustrated in Figure 7 ) for moving floc, especially on the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10.
- the floc mover 80 may be configured to move floc towards the at least one floc outlet 32, and may assist in providing a horizontal flow for the liquid at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10, especially on the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10.
- the floc mover 80 may be positioned substantially above or below the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10, especially substantially above the surface of the liquid (as in Figure 7 ).
- An exemplary floc mover 80 is illustrated in Figure 7 .
- This floc mover 80 includes a plurality of floc drivers 82 mounted to a belt, strap, chain or cable 84, which is turned by wheels 86. As the wheels 86 turn, floc rising to the surface of the liquid is skimmed and moved towards and through the at least one floc outlet 32.
- the floc outlet 32 may be especially at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10, and may be especially positioned substantially at the intended height of the liquid within the treatment chamber 10.
- a separator 70 may be positioned in fluid communication with the floc outlet 32 to separate floc from the liquid.
- the separated floc may be disposed of, further treated, or otherwise used.
- the separated liquid may be combined with the liquid exiting the treatment chamber 10 via the liquid outlet 34; returned to the treatment chamber 10 for further treatment; or diverted elsewhere (for example by the use of a float or sensor actuated submersible sludge pump) for further treatment or release to the environment.
- the separator 70 may be in the form of a filter.
- the filter may be a filtration bag, especially a filtration bag made of a polymeric material, more especially a filtration bag having woven polymeric fibres which trap the solids and permit the free flow of separated liquid.
- the plurality of electrodes 40 may be selected from the group consisting of an anode 44, a cathode 42 and an electrical conductor 46.
- the apparatus includes at least one anode 44 and at least one cathode 42.
- the electrodes 40 may all be of similar structure and only become an anode 44, a cathode 42 or an electrical conductor 46 by virtue of the power connected to the electrode 40 (or lack thereof in the case of an electrical conductor 46; the electrical conductor 46 is not intended to accept power from a power source external to the treatment chamber 10.
- the at least one electrical conductor 46 is especially positioned between at least one anode 44 and at least one cathode 42.
- electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1 are connected to a power source; especially from 2 to 10 or from 2 to 8 electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1 are connected to a power source; more especially from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 4 electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1 are connected to a power source; most especially three electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1 are connected to a power source. If three electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1 are connected to a power source, the two terminal electrodes (i.e. at each end of the plurality of electrodes 40 ) will have the same polarity (i.e.
- the apparatus 1 may include from 10 to 1000 electrodes 40; especially from 20 to 500 electrodes 40; more especially from 30 to 250 electrodes 40; most especially from 40 to 100 electrodes 40.
- the electrodes 40 may be replaceable and/or removable.
- the electrodes 40 may be removable from the treatment chamber 10 by means of an overhead gantry.
- the electrodes 40 may be removed for temporary storage as a set (for example in horizontal racks above the unit), or can be replaced individually such as when an electrode 40 loses its anodic potential through corrosion.
- Each electrode 40 may be of any suitable shape, although certain shapes facilitate easy removal from the treatment chamber 10.
- each electrode 40 may be curved or planar, especially planar (as in the embodiment exemplified in Figures 1 , 3-5 and 7 ).
- Each electrode 40 may also be, for example, of square, rectangular, trapezoidal, rhomboid, or polygonal shape; especially of rectangular or square shape.
- Each electrode 40 may also be of solid construction, or may include a plurality of apertures.
- Each electrode 40 may be especially of solid construction.
- each electrode 40 is a plate.
- Each electrode 40 may be made of any suitable material. Exemplary materials include aluminium, iron, steel, stainless steel, steel alloy (including mild carbon steel), magnesium, titanium and carbon. In another embodiment, each electrode may be made of an alloy of or containing a material selected from the group consisting of: aluminium, iron, steel, magnesium, titanium and carbon. Each electrode 40 may be selected depending upon the liquid to be treated, the contaminants in the liquid, the floc to be created and the relative cost of the various metallic electrodes at the time. Each said electrode 40 within the apparatus 1 may be the same or different, and may include the same metal or different metals (for example depending on the desired performance).
- the electrodes 40 may be positionable above or below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10. However, the electrodes 40 are especially positionable below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber 10 so as not to impede any liquid or floc horizontal flow at the surface of the liquid.
- the electrodes 40 may be positionable within the reaction chamber at any suitable angle.
- the electrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 may be angled from a vertical plane (obliquely configured). In the example illustrated in Figures 1 , 3 , 4 and 7 the electrodes 40 are positioned at an angle of about 15 degrees to the vertical.
- the electrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 may be positioned at an angle of from 5 to 40 degrees from the vertical, especially from 5 to 35 degrees from the vertical, more especially from 10 to 30, 10 to 15 or 15 to 30 degrees from the vertical.
- the electrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 may be positioned at less than 40 degrees from the vertical, more especially less than 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10 or 5 degrees from the vertical. In further examples, the electrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 (such as an upper portion) may be positioned at greater than 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 degrees from the vertical. In other embodiments, the electrodes 40 may be substantially vertical (or in a vertical plane). The inventors have found that different liquids react differently to different electrode angles 40.
- Positioning the electrodes 40 within the treatment chamber 10 at an angle may result in a number of advantages.
- positioning the electrodes 40 at an angle may mean that the liquid flows against the electrodes 40 as it rises through the treatment chamber 10 (also gases may travel against the electrode 40 as the gas rises through the treatment chamber 10 ). This assists in preventing build-up of material (such as floc) on the electrodes 40.
- positioning the electrodes 40 at an angle results in a horizontal movement being applied to the liquid as it travels through the treatment chamber 10. This can assist in directing the liquid through the at least one outlet 30, and especially floc through the floc outlet 32. In one example, the horizontal movement applied to the liquid forces any coagulated sediment or floc away from the treatment chamber 10 thereby providing a clear disposal path for the floc from the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrodes 40 at an angle may assist in agglomerating floc. For example, as liquid rises through the treatment chamber 10, the floc may flow against the electrodes 40. This means that floc is more concentrated against the electrodes 40 which assist in agglomeration. In an exemplary embodiment, if the floc includes oil particles, the rising oil particles may be coalesced into larger droplets as a result of entrainment beneath the electrodes 40.
- the dissolved or emulsified oil particles in the liquid may contact the underside of the electrodes 40 where they accumulate and combine with other forming oil particles at the charged interface until such time as a larger (coalesced) droplet forms which then floats to the surface aided by the predominantly diagonal and vertical liquid flow.
- the floc is or includes oil particles (which may arise when the liquid to be treated is an oily emulsion).
- the coalesced oil rises to the surface of the liquid and is evacuated from the treatment chamber 10 by means of a horizontal flow imparted by a combination of the natural buoyancy of the oil droplet, the lower density or specific gravity of the entrained oil droplet and the angled electrodes 40.
- the coalescing oil droplets forming beneath the electrodes 40 are forced to the surface with an additional flow of gas and, combined with the horizontal flow imparted by the angled electrodes 40, are cleared from the treatment chamber 10.
- the coalesced oil droplets are forced to the surface of the liquid via the forced, circulating flow of liquid and a horizontal moment imparted on the liquid via the angle of the electrodes 40.
- Each electrode 40 may also be of any suitable thickness, for example from 1 mm to 20 mm thick, especially from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick, most especially about 3 mm thick. In some embodiments, each electrode 40 is less than 20 mm thick, especially less than 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 mm thick. In other embodiments, each electrode 40 is greater than 0.5 mm thick, especially greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 or 19 mm thick. In a further embodiment, the thickness of the electrode 40 may be a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- the electrodes 40 may be spaced at any suitable distance.
- the electrodes 40 may be from 1 mm to 150 mm apart, especially from 1 mm to 100 mm apart or from 1 mm to 50 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 10 mm apart.
- the electrodes 40 may be from 1 mm to 5 mm apart, more especially about 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes 40 are less than 150 mm apart, especially less than 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4 or 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes 40 are greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 or 150 mm apart.
- the electrodes 40 may also be a range apart in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- each electrode 40 may be the same distance apart or different distances apart.
- the electrodes 40 may be held apart in any suitable way.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include guides for holding the electrodes 40 in position.
- the guides may be grooves or slots positioned in opposite walls of the treatment chamber 10.
- the guides may be made from a high-density, electrically insulating polymeric material, such as HDPE or PVC, or a material as discussed below for the electrode holder 100.
- the electrodes 40 are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick; and the electrodes 40 are from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm apart.
- Using thinner electrodes 40 positioned close together enables a greater number of electrodes 40 to be positioned within the treatment chamber 10. This increases the surface area of the electrodes 40 in contact with the liquid, which may enhance the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid.
- the electrodes 40 may have a tapered lower edge 41.
- the lower edge 41 of the electrodes 40 may be tapered to an angle of about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the electrode.
- the taper may extend less than 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4% or 3% of the length of the electrode 40.
- the lower edge 41 of the electrode 40 may be tapered on one or more sides, such as two opposed longitudinal sides, more especially one longitudinal side. If the lower edge 41 of the electrode 40 is tapered on more than one side, then the taper on each side may be the same or different.
- any suitable electrical current may be applied to the plurality of electrodes 40.
- the current applied to the plurality of electrodes 40 may especially be a direct current of adjustable frequency of alternation.
- the electrodes 40 functioning as the at least one cathode 42 and the at least one anode 44 may switch during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment.
- This enables the electrodes 40 to create a reversible electrical field within the treatment chamber 10, which may assist the electrodes 40 in remaining clear of debris or reaction products that might otherwise inhibit the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment by electro passivation.
- the polarity switching of the electrodes 40 may allow specific chemical reactions to be delayed or accelerated as required. Therefore, in one embodiment the polarity of the electrodes 40 is reversed during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment.
- the voltage and amperage of the electrical field within the treatment chamber 10 may be adjusted as necessary by placing selected electrodes 40 in electrical contact with a voltage source.
- the voltage source may be a separate, proprietary manufactured transformer.
- the apparatus 1 may also include at least one non-conductive element positioned within the treatment chamber 10.
- This non-conductive element may be used to alter the electrical field (amperage and voltage) within the treatment chamber 10.
- the position, shape and configuration of the non-conductive element may be as described above for the electrodes 40.
- the non-conductive element is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, such as, for example, a material selected from the group consisting of: a polymer plastic (such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polypropylene (PP)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix, or a combination of the aforementioned materials.
- the apparatus 1 does not include any non-conductive elements.
- the apparatus 1 may further include a flow aligner 90 for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes 40, the flow aligner being positioned or positionable within the treatment chamber 10.
- a flow aligner 90 may be advantageous as the liquid beneath the electrodes 40 in the treatment chamber may especially be turbulent.
- the flow aligner 90 may assist the liquid in moving substantially along the same longitudinal axis as the plurality of electrodes 40, which in turn may improve the reaction between the liquid to be treated and the electrodes 40.
- the flow aligner 90 may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or baffle walls 92 extending beneath the electrodes 40.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall 92 may extend substantially vertically beneath the electrodes 40.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall 92 may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes 40.
- the at least one baffle or baffle wall 92 may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to the electrodes 40.
- the flow aligner 90 may integrally formed with the treatment chamber 10, or may be removable and/or replaceable.
- Each baffle or baffle wall 92 may be in the form of a plate.
- Each baffle or baffle wall 92 may be from 20 mm to 500 mm long, especially from 50 mm to 250 mm long or from 60 mm to 150 mm long, more especially from 80 mm to 120 mm long, most especially about 100 mm long.
- the flow aligner 90 may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material.
- the flow aligner 90 may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber 10.
- the flow aligner 90 may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or be fabricated from a number of composite materials including carbon fibre (for example a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material) and variations thereof.
- a resin or resin solution such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide
- the treatment chamber 10 may be configured to releasably engage with at least one electrode holder 100 holding a plurality of electrodes 40 for electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least one guide for guiding the electrode holder 100 into position.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least one (or a plurality of) grooves for slidable engagement of the electrode holder 100 in the treatment chamber.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder, to thereby power at least one of the electrodes 40 held by the electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include a plurality of power connectors (for example of different polarity) for connecting power to each electrode holder.
- the treatment chamber 10 may include at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one anode 44 (especially one or two power connectors) and at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one cathode 46 (especially one or two power connectors).
- the at least one power connector may be located on a wall of the treatment chamber, especially in a groove in which the electrode holder 100 may be slideably engaged. In one embodiment, only one wall of the treatment chamber 10 includes a power connector for each electrode holder 100.
- the treatment chamber may be configured to releasably engage with from 1 to 100 electrode holders 100, especially from 2 to 50 electrode holders 100, more especially from 2 to 40, from 2 to 30, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 10 electrode holders 100.
- the apparatus 1 may further include an electrode holder 100 (an exemplary electrode holder 100 is illustrated in Figures 8 to 10 ).
- the electrode holder 100 may include a frame 101, and the frame 101 may include a handle 102 and at least two side walls 104.
- the frame 101 may be substantially U-shaped, with the base of the "U” forming the handle 102 and the sides of the "U” forming the side walls 104.
- the electrode holder 100 may be in the form of a cartridge.
- the electrode holder 100 especially the at least two side walls 104 of the electrode holder 104 may be configured to releasably engage with the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrode holder 100 (especially the at least two side walls 104 ) may be slideably engageable with the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrode holder 100 (especially the at least two side walls 104 ) may be releasably engageable in the treatment chamber 10 by friction, by a clamp, or by another suitable fastener.
- the treatment chamber 10 or the electrode holder 100 may include a clamp for releasably clamping the electrode holder 100 in position.
- the electrode holder 100 (especially at least one of the at least two side walls 104 ) may be configured to accept power, especially from the wall of the treatment chamber 10, more especially by way of a power connector located in the electrode holder 100 (especially a side wall 104 of the electrode holder 100 ) .
- the electrode holder 100 (especially at least one of the at least two side walls 104 ) may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode 40 held by the electrode holder. Providing power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode 40 may provide superior flow of power than if power was only supplied to the at least one electrode 40 at a single point.
- Power connectors in the electrode holder 100 and the treatment chamber 10 may connect in any suitable way.
- the two power connectors may connect by way of abutting surfaces or projections, or by way of a male-female connection.
- the electrode holder 100 may hold a plurality of electrodes 40.
- the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be replaceable and/or removable. In one embodiment, the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may not be replaceable and/or removable.
- the electrode holder 100 may include slots machined to enable the electrodes 40 to slide in and out of the electrode holder 100 as required. This may enable replacement of the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 whilst the machine continues to operate with a prior electrode holder 100.
- the electrodes 40 may be as described above.
- the spacings between the electrodes in the electrode holder 100 may be as described above for the spacings for the electrodes 40 in the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrode holder 100 may include a flow aligner 90, as described above.
- the flow aligner 90 may be positioned opposite to the handle 102, beneath the electrodes 40.
- the electrode holder 100 may hold from 3 to 100 electrodes 40; especially from 3 to 50 electrodes 40; more especially from 3 to 25 electrodes 40; most especially from 5 to 15 electrodes 40 or about 10 electrodes 40. In one embodiment, the electrode holder 100 holds at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 electrodes 40. In another embodiment, the electrode holder 100 holds less than 100, 90, 80, 70, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20 or 15 electrodes 40.
- the electrode holder 100 or the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be positionable within the treatment chamber 10 at any suitable angle.
- the electrode holder 100 is positionable substantially vertically within the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrodes 40 may be held substantially vertically by the electrode holder 100, or the electrodes 40 may be held at an angle from the vertical by the electrode holder 100.
- the electrode holder is positionable at an angle within the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrodes 40 may be held substantially vertically by the electrode holder 100 (i.e. the longitudinal axis of the electrodes 40 held by the electrode holder 100 may be substantially the same as the longitudinal axis of the electrode holder 100 ) .
- the electrodes 40 may be held at angle within the electrode holder 100.
- the angle of the electrode holder 100, or the angle of the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be as described above for the angle of the electrodes 40 within the treatment chamber 10.
- the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be held at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical.
- the electrode holder 100 may be held at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical.
- the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, especially about 3 mm apart.
- the electrodes 40 within the electrode holder 100 may be replaceable and/or removable.
- the electrode holder 100 advantageously may allow for the easy and rapid exchange of electrodes 40 in the apparatus 1.
- the electrode holder 100 may overcome the delays inherent in changing individual electrodes 40 within the reaction chamber and may be particularly advantageous in areas of low head height.
- the frame of the electrode holder 100 may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material.
- the frame of the electrode holder 100 may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber 10.
- the frame of the electrode holder 100 may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; or a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material.
- a resin or resin solution such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or
- the electrode holder 100 may be removable by way of a lifting device which lifts the electrode holder 100 substantially vertically before allowing for horizontal movement of the electrode holder 100 above the apparatus 1.
- the lifting device may be slideably mounted on at least one (especially two) rails.
- the electrode holder 100 may be removable using an overhead gantry.
- the apparatus 1 may include a current controller for controlling the amperage and voltage applied to the at least one anode 44 and the at least one cathode 42.
- the apparatus 1 may include a plurality of treatment chambers 10. This is illustrated in Figure 3 .
- the apparatus 1 of Figure 3 is configured so that liquid from the liquid outlet 34a of a first treatment chamber 10a flows into the inlet 20b of a second treatment chamber 10b. Following this, the liquid from the liquid outlet 34b of the second treatment chamber 10b flows into the inlet 20c of a third treatment chamber 10c.
- the floc produced flows over successive floc outlets 32a, 32b, 32c until it passes to filter 70 for collection.
- the floc exiting a first treatment chamber 10a through a floc outlet 32a is diverted so that this floc does not travel to the second treatment chamber 10b, and similarly the floc exiting the second treatment chamber 10b through a floc outlet 32b is diverted so that this floc does not travel to the third treatment chamber 10c.
- the liquid from the liquid outlet 34a of a first treatment chamber 10a flows into the inlet 20b of a second treatment chamber 10b, and the liquid from the liquid outlet 34b of the second treatment chamber 10b flows into the inlet 20c of a third treatment chamber 10c.
- the apparatus 1 may include a pretreater positioned prior to, and in fluid communication with the liquid inlet 20.
- the pretreater may be, for example, a filter to remove larger particulate solids from the fluid stream that could lodge between the electrodes and disrupt liquid flows or otherwise impede with the functioning of the device.
- pretreatment is typically not necessary.
- the apparatus 1 of the present disclosure may also form one component of a larger water treatment system.
- the liquid to be treated enters the treatment chamber 10 through the at least one inlet 20 and a voltage is applied to the plurality of electrodes 40 (especially to provide at least one anode 44 and at least one cathode 42 ) , to thereby electrochemically treat the liquid.
- Floc may be generated as the liquid is electrochemically treated, and the floc may rise to the surface of the liquid.
- the floc may exit the treatment chamber 10 at the floc outlet 32 (for subsequent separation of the floc from liquid, such as by filtering) and the electrochemically treated liquid may exit the treatment chamber 10 at the liquid outlet 34.
- a treatment agent may be introduced into the treatment chamber 10 during the electrochemical treatment.
- a treatment enhancer may be applied to the treatment chamber 10 during the electrochemical treatment.
- the apparatus 1 may be operable at any suitable temperature and pressure. However, the apparatus 1 is especially operable at atmospheric temperature and pressure. In another embodiment, the apparatus 1 is operable at greater than atmospheric pressure, or less than atmospheric pressure, as defined elsewhere in the specification.
- Figures 11 to 15 describe a water treatment system 200 and components thereof in the form of a trailer.
- FIGs 11 to 15 illustrate a water treatment system 200 including an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus 201.
- the treatment chamber 210 and defoaming chamber 250 are provided within the component labelled HEC20016 (this component is illustrated, for example, in Figures 13-15 and 31-33 ).
- raw water 300 external to the trailer is supplied to a balance tank 302 using a centrifugal pump.
- At least one treatment agent (stored in a dosing tank 304 ) may be added to the water flowing to the balance tank 302 using a positive displacement pump.
- Manual ball valves are in the conduit between the raw water 300 and balance tank 302 (80 mm manual ball valve), and between the conduit between the dosing tank 304 and the balance tank 302 (15 mm manual ball valve).
- the balance tank includes an 80 mm float valve, as well as a level switch.
- the water then flows through ball valves (the first of which is an 80 mm valve) to the treatment chamber 210 where electrochemical treatment occurs.
- the pH of the liquid during the electrochemical treatment may be controlled by the introduction of an acid from acid tank 305.
- the electrochemically treated water then flows to the defoaming chamber 250.
- the electrochemical process may be controlled via a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment (which includes a controller (PLC) 307 ) .
- Electrochemically treated water then flows to clarifiers 306 (which have a level switch) through a 65 mm conduit and 50 mm electric ball valves.
- Clarified water (and floc) may exit the clarifiers 306 via 50 mm ball valves before passing through a positive displacement pump and then to successive 50 mm ball valves to a drain connection.
- the clarified water (and floe) from the clarifiers 306 may pass to a screw press 308 having a float valve. Pressed floc exits the screw press through a 25 mm ball valve to a waste bin. Liquid exiting the screw press 306 passes through a 25 mm ball valve to centrifugal pump, and then through a 25 mm check valve before passing back to clarifiers 306.
- Clarified water may be passed from clarifiers 306 via a 100 mm conduit to a drop tank 310 (in which the tank has a level transmitter and a level switch). Fluid exiting drop tank 310 passes through a centrifugal pump and then to sand filters 312 (for separation of floc from the water) or optionally back through clarifiers 306 by way of 50 mm ball vales and 65 mm check valve. After sand filtration the water may be passed to a storage tank 314 (where is it optionally treated by a treatment agent (stored in a dosing tank 304, in which the treatment agent may be pumped into the storage tank 314 by way of a positive displacement pump)), passing through 50 mm ball valves and a 65 mm conduit.
- a treatment agent stored in a dosing tank 304, in which the treatment agent may be pumped into the storage tank 314 by way of a positive displacement pump
- the treated water may pass through 80 mm ball valves and centrifugal pump before being released.
- water from the storage tank 314 may pass through ball valves (80 mm and 25 mm), through centrifugal pump and then to: (i) further components of a filtration system, including a carbon filter 316, nanofilter 318, and reverse osmosis system 320; (ii) screw press 308; or (iii) treatment chamber 210 and defoaming chamber 250.
- the filtered water may pass to a storage tank 322 before re-electrochemical treatment or disposal.
- the electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus 201 includes balance tank 302, acid tank 305, dosing tank 304, treatment chamber 210, defoaming chamber 250, and clarifiers 306. As illustrated in Figures 11 to 15 , there are various pumps 324 and valves associated with the system 200 and apparatus 201.
- FIG. 16 to 33 Three example treatment chambers 210, electrode holders 280, and defoaming chambers 250 are illustrated in Figures 16 to 33 ; a first at Figures 16-19 , a second at Figures 20-30 , and a third at Figures 31-33 .
- the treatment chamber 210 illustrated in Figures 20-22 and 26-30 is capable of only accommodating one electrode holder 280.
- the treatment chamber 210 illustrated in Figures 16-19 is capable of accommodating 10 electrode holders 280
- the treatment chamber 210 illustrated in Figures 31-33 is capable of accommodating 16 electrode holders 280.
- the electrode holders 280 illustrated in Figures 16 and 17 and 31-33 are each capable of holding 10 electrodes 240, whereas the electrode holder 280 illustrated in Figures 20-25 , 29 and 30 is capable of holding 13 electrodes 240.
- the treatment chamber 210, defoaming chamber 250 and electrode holders 280 in the treatment system 200 illustrated in Figures 11-15 is of similar design to those in Figures 16-33 .
- the treatment chamber 210 is capable of accommodating 400 electrodes (which equates to between 30 and 40 electrode holders 280 ) or the treatment chamber 210 is capable of accommodating 160 electrodes (equating to 16 electrode holders 280 ) .
- the treatment chamber 210, defoaming chamber 250 and electrode holders 280 in the treatment system 200 illustrated in Figures 11-15 is the treatment chamber 210, defoaming chamber 250 and electrode holders 280 illustrated in Figures 31-33 .
- Context permitting, the apparatus 201 of Figures 11 to 33 may be used in the same manner, and for the same liquids, as for description above for Figures 1-10 .
- the treatment chamber 210 in the apparatus 201 of Figures 11-15 and 31-33 is about 500 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 14 L/second.
- the residence time of the liquid in the treatment chamber 210 in the apparatus 201 of Figures 11-15 and 31-33 is typically about 30 s.
- the treatment chamber 210 in Figures 18 and 19 is about 220 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 5 L/second.
- the residence time of the liquid in the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 11-15 is typically about 30 s.
- the treatment chamber 210 in Figures 20-22 and 27-30 is about 1 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 2 L/minute.
- the residence time of the liquid in the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 20-22 and 27-30 is typically about 30 s.
- the apparatuses 201 illustrated in Figures 11-30 are configured to operate at atmospheric temperature and pressure.
- the apparatus 201 illustrated in Figures 31-33 may be configured to operate at atmospheric temperature and pressure, or at reduced or elevated pressures (by applying suction or pressure at ports 218 and 258 ) .
- the apparatus 201 is configured so that the liquid rises (or ascends) as it passes through the treatment chamber 210.
- the treatment chamber 210 includes a base 212 (or first wall), and four side walls 216.
- the treatment chamber does not include a second wall (or lid), although a lid may be formed by the handle(s) of the electrode holders 280 (see Figures 20 and 21 for example).
- the treatment chamber 210 and defoaming chamber 250 include a lid 219, 259.
- the lids 219, 259 include ports 218, 258 as discussed above.
- the ports 218, 258 may be for extracting gas.
- the treatment chambers 210 in Figures 18-33 are generally of substantially rectangular (or square) cross section. Each side wall 216 is planar. However, the bases 212 include a trough or channel and are substantially V-shaped.
- the treatment chambers 210 include a disperser 222, and the disperser 222 includes a tube with one liquid entry point 224 and a plurality of inlets 220.
- the disperser 222 illustrated in the apparatuses 201 of Figures 20-33 is a tube perforated along its length to provide a plurality of inlets 220 into the treatment chamber 210 (see Figures 21 and 33 in particular).
- a similar disperser 222 is used in the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 18 and 19 .
- the disperser 222 is positioned within the trough or channel in the base 212.
- the apparatuses 201 further include a flow aligner 290.
- the flow aligner 290 is connected to the electrode holders 280 (see Figures 16, 17 , 23-24 , 32 and 33 ).
- the flow aligner 290 is in the form of a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- the rate at which the liquid flows through the inlets 220 is set so that the liquid pressure on the side of the flow aligner 290 proximate to the at least one inlet is greater than the liquid pressure on the side of the flow aligner 290 proximate to the electrodes 240.
- the inventors have advantageously found that the combination of the pressure differential across the flow aligner 290 and the consistently spaced and sized apertures across the flow aligner 290 provides an even flow of liquid between the electrodes 240, minimising so-called "dead spots" in between the electrodes 240.
- the flow aligner 290 in the apparatuses 201 of Figures 11-19 and 31-33 is segmented (with one segment per electrode holder 280 ) .
- each flow aligner 290 segment is in close proximity with the adjoining segment, so that the electrode holders 280 collectively form the flow aligner 290.
- the flow aligner 290 in Figures 16, 17 and 31-33 have polygonal (hexagonal) apertures, and the flow aligner 290 in Figures 20 to 25 , 29 and 30 have ovoid apertures.
- the apparatus 201 may be configured to electrochemically treat the liquid in the presence of at least one treatment enhancer or at least one treatment agent.
- the at least one treatment enhancer is capable of penetrating a solid wall of the treatment chamber, and consequently the at least one treatment enhancer (such as ultraviolet radiation, microwave radiation or ultrasonic waves) may be applied to a side wall 216 of the treatment chamber 210.
- the at least one treatment agent may enter the treatment chamber 210 through at least one treatment inlet, such as through a gas inlet 260 (see Figure 19 ).
- the gas inlets 260 may be part of a gas disperser, which may be integral with the base 212 of the treatment chamber 210. The types and function of such gases may be as previously described.
- the at least one treatment inlet may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters the treatment chamber 210.
- the dosing tank 304 may include a treatment agent which is mixed with the liquid in balance tank 302 before the liquid enters the treatment chamber.
- at least one treatment agent may be added to the liquid entering the storage tank 314 after electrochemical treatment from dosing tank 304.
- at least one treatment agent in the form of a pH modifier (an acid) may be added to the treatment chamber 210 during the electrochemical treatment from acid tank 305.
- the treatment chamber 210 also includes at least one outlet 230 for exit of electrochemically treated liquid.
- the at least one outlet 230 is one outlet.
- the outlet 230 is positioned so that the electrodes 240 are configured to be positioned intermediate the at least one inlet 220, and the at least one outlet 230, and the at least one inlet 220 is positioned in a lower portion of the treatment chamber 210 and the at least one outlet 230 is positioned in an upper portion of the treatment chamber 230.
- the at least one outlet 230 is in the form of a weir or spillway.
- the outlet 230 is positioned at the intended height of liquid in the treatment chamber 210.
- the liquid passes to a defoaming chamber 250.
- the outlet 230 is in association with a flow diverter 232 in the defoaming chamber 250 over which the electrochemically treated liquid (and floc) flows as it exits the treatment chamber 210.
- the flow diverter 232 extends the weir or spillway formed by the outlet 230.
- the flow diverter 232 is intended to divert the flow of electrochemically treated liquid to thereby increase the liberation of gas from the liquid.
- the defoaming chamber 250 may include at least one defoamer 252.
- the defoamer 252 may include one or more nozzles for spraying liquid onto the foam. The sprayed liquid is intended to penetrate the foam bubbles to thereby release the gas trapped in the foam.
- the liquid exits the defoaming chamber 250 through an outlet 254 at the base of the chamber 250.
- the defoaming chamber 250 does not include a defoamer 252. After flowing through outlet 230, the liquid descends through defoaming chamber 250 and then through an outlet 254 at the base of the chamber 250.
- the defoaming chamber 250 includes a first flow diverter 234 and a second flow diverter 236.
- the first flow diverter 234 provides a weir inside the defoaming chamber 250.
- the second flow diverter 236 provides an underflow weir (under which fluid passes when flowing through the defoaming chamber 250 ) .
- the bottom of the second flow diverter 236 extends below than the top of the first flow diverter 234.
- Both the first and second flow diverters 234, 236 are substantially vertical and are in the form of a wall or plate.
- electrochemically treated fluid exits the treatment chamber 210 through outlet 230.
- the fluid then falls into the space between the second flow diverter 236 and the outlet 230, and in use fluid fills this space to at least the height of the first flow diverter 234. As foam floats, the foam is trapped in this space, and the fluid falling into this space over outlet 230 penetrates the foam to thereby release trapped gas. Meanwhile, defoamed fluid passes beneath the second flow diverter 236 and then over the first flow diverter 234 before exiting the defoaming chamber 250 through outlet 254.
- FIGS 11 and 12 after exiting the defoaming chamber 250 the liquid flows to a vessel for separation of the floc from the liquid (clarifier 306 ) .
- a floc mover 80 (as described above) may be used with the vessel (or clarifier 306 ) to assist in separating the floc.
- the electrodes 240 are added or removed from the treatment chamber 210 via electrode holders 280.
- the treatment chamber 210 includes grooves 270 for slideable engagement of the electrode holder 280 in the treatment chamber 210. However, in the apparatus 201 of Figures 31-33 no such grooves 270 are present.
- the treatment chamber 210 also includes a shelf 276 upon which the electrode holders 280 rest when in position.
- each electrode holder 280 only two or three electrodes 240 may be connected to power (and thereby become anodes and cathodes). The remaining electrodes may all be electrical conductors.
- each electrode 240 is substantially planar and is of solid construction.
- the electrodes 240 may have a tapered lower edge, as previously described.
- the apparatuses 201 of Figures 11-33 are configured so that the electrodes 240 are positionable below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber 210.
- the apparatuses 201 of Figures 11-33 are configured so that the electrodes 240 are positioned substantially vertically (substantially in a plane perpendicular to the first wall 212) within the treatment chamber 210 (although it may also be advantageous to position the electrodes 240 (or a portion of the electrodes) at an angle as previously described).
- the electrode holder 280 includes a frame 281, and the frame 281 includes a handle 282 and two side walls 284.
- the frame 281 is substantially "U" shaped.
- the frame also includes a flow aligner 290 (or a segment thereof).
- the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 13-15 , 18 , 19 , 20-22 , and 29-33 further includes at least one power connector 272 for connecting power to an electrode holder 280 or to at least one electrode 240 held by the electrode holder 280.
- the treatment chamber 210 includes a power connector for each electrode holder 280, and the power connectors extend from the base 212 of the treatment chamber 210 (not shown in the Figures).
- the electrode holder 280 includes an electrode holder power connector extending towards the base 212 of the treatment chamber 210.
- the treatment chamber power connector and electrode holder power connector may be configured for mating arrangement with each other.
- the power connectors may be made of any suitable material, but in this example may be made of bronze.
- the power flows from the power connector up the side wall(s) 284 of the electrode holder 280 and then to selected electrodes 240.
- FIG. 20-22 and 26-30 A different mechanism for connecting power to the electrodes 240 is illustrated in the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 20-22 and 26-30 .
- the treatment chamber 210 is configured to supply power longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode 240.
- the power connector 272 is adapted to contact the working face of at least one electrode 240.
- the power connector 272 includes a corrugated spring steel strip.
- the power connector 272 also traverses the wall of the treatment chamber 210 to provide a tab 274 for connection to a power source.
- each power connector 272 may be positioned intermediate to the working face of a terminal electrode 240 held by two electrode holders 280.
- the crests (and troughs) of the power connector 272 may be positioned so that the crests of the power connector 272 contact one terminal electrode 240, and the troughs of the power connector 272 contact the other terminal electrode 240.
- a similar mechanism for connecting power to the electrodes 240 is illustrated in the treatment chamber 210 of Figures 31-33 .
- the treatment chamber 210 is also configured to supply power longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode 240.
- the power connector 272 illustrated in Figures 20-22 and 27-30 includes one corrugated spring steel strip per electrode 240
- the power connector 272 in Figures 31-33 includes two corrugated spring steel strips per electrode 240 (see Figure 33 ).
- the treatment chamber 210 in the apparatus 201 of Figures 31-33 includes four power connectors 272, and each power connector provides power to only one electrode 240.
- the electrodes 240 are, on average, 3 mm thick and 3 mm apart. However, alternative thicknesses and distances may also be used in the apparatus 201.
- two of the 13 electrodes 240 (or about 15% of the electrodes 240) are connected to power.
- the remaining nine electrodes 240 are all electrical conductors.
- the treatment chamber 210 in Figures 31-33 also includes a divider wall (or plate) 217 positionable between the electrode holders 280.
- the electrode holders 280 in Figures 31 and 33 also include an electrode holder remover 283 (in the form of a cable loop or string) to assist in removing the electrode holder 280 from the treatment chamber 210.
- the apparatus 201 may further include a liquid pump 324 for pumping liquid to be treated through the at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and a further pump 324 for pumping liquid from the defoaming chamber 250 (see Figure 13 ).
- 326 is a treated water outlet (DN80)
- 328 is a fresh water inlet (DN25)
- 330 is a clean in place connection (DN25)
- 332 is a drain outlet (DN25)
- 334 is a raw water inlet (DN80).
- the power supply to the apparatus 201 of Figures 13-15 is 415 V, 50 Hz and 150 A.
- the apparatus 201 of Figures 11-15 further includes sensors for sensing the level of liquid in the treatment chamber 210, and a variable speed pump 324 to control the flow rate of liquid exiting the treatment chamber 210.
- the sensors and variable speed pump 324 may form part of a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment, which may be controlled by controller (PLC) 307.
- the controller 307 may control the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby switch the electrodes 240 between anodes and cathodes.
- the controller 307 may also control the sinewave ramping angles during the electrochemical treatment, and/or modify the rate of current application to the electrodes 240 during the electrochemical treatment. Similar components may be used in the apparatuses 201 discussed in Figures 18-33 .
- any suitable current may be applied to the electrodes 240 during the electrochemical treatment, however the voltage applied to each electrode holder 280 in the treatment chamber 210 in Figures 11-33 is typically between about 20 and 45 V, especially about 26 V or about 40 V.
- the effective voltage to each cell is typically around 2-3 V, especially about 2.6 V or about 3 V.
- the total voltage applied to the treatment chamber 210 may be about 415 V, resulting in an effective voltage to each cell (given there are 160 electrodes 240 ) of about 2.6 V.
- liquid is pumped into the treatment chamber 210 via the at least one inlet 220, and liquid pressure builds beneath flow aligner 290.
- Liquid passes through the flow aligner 290 and between the electrodes 240 where the liquid is electrochemically treated and floc is generated.
- the floc and electrochemically treated liquid then flow to the upper portion of the treatment chamber 210, and gas bubbles (from gas inlets 260, for example) may assist in driving the floc and electrochemically treated liquid vertically.
- the floc and electrochemically treated liquid then pass through the at least one outlet 230 and into the defoaming chamber 250, over/around flow diverter(s) 232 and optionally past defoamers 252.
- the floc/electrochemically treated liquid then flows out the outlet 254 in the defoaming chamber 250 and then to a vessel for separation of the floc (e.g. clarifier 306).
- a vessel for separation of the floc e.g. clarifier 306
- the apparatus 1 , 201 defined in preferred embodiments of the present invention provides several advantages. These, for example, may include:
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Hydrology & Water Resources (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Water Supply & Treatment (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Water Treatment By Electricity Or Magnetism (AREA)
Description
- The present disclosure relates, inter alia, to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus and to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid.
- It will be clearly understood that, if a prior art publication is referred to herein, this reference does not constitute an admission that the publication forms part of the common general knowledge in the art in Australia or in any other country.
- A wide range of chemical processes may be effected using electrolysis - an area of chemistry known as electrochemistry. An increasingly significant electrochemical process is electrocoagulation, which may be used to separate contaminants from liquids. Such contaminants may include metals, solids, pathogens, colloids, chemicals, and various other undesirable substances.
- Electrocoagulation may be used to treat a wide variety of liquids, but in the last decade electrocoagulation especially has been used increasingly for the treatment of industrial wastewater. For example, electrocoagulation may be used to treat water containing food and beverage manufacturing waste, oil wastes, dyes, suspended particulates, chemical waste, organic matter from various industrial processes and effluents, and drainage arising from mining activities (such as so-called acid mine drainage (AMD) where the drainage contains heavy metals or other environmental pollutants).
- In an electrocoagulation process, a liquid being treated flows past an electric field generated between an anode and a cathode. Metal ions may be generated at the anode, along with production of both hydroxyl ions and higher energy hydroxyl radicals at the cathode. Gases may also be formed, such as hydrogen gas. Electrons can also travel through the liquid in a process known as electron flooding. Ionic species, radical species, electrons and gases may result in chemical modification of contaminants in the liquid (such as through oxidation), as well as destabilisation of electrical charges holding contaminants in the liquid (i.e. reduction of the net surface charge of the contaminants, which thereby reduces repulsive charges). This latter effect may allow the contaminant particles to move closer together and allow aggregation (through, for example, van der Waals forces), and aggregation may also be aided by the presence of gelatinous polymeric metal hydroxides in the solution, formed when metal ions generated by sacrificial dissolution of the anode chemically combine with hydroxyl ions at the cathode.
- Electrocoagulation can be a relatively complex process, and the apparatus and conditions under which the electrocoagulation is or will be performed significantly affects the efficiency of the process. While various apparatuses for electrocoagulation are known, the preferred embodiment of the present disclosure provides an apparatus that improves the efficiency of an electrochemical process (especially an electrolytic or electrocoagulation process) and optionally the oxidation (or reduction, as required) of contaminant materials. For example, the apparatus may permit one or more of the following compared to prior art apparatuses: improved removal, or recovery and separation, of contaminants; reduced down-time for maintenance; reduced anode consumption; reduced power consumption; reduced cathode passivation and higher through-put of a liquid being treated.
-
US 2014/0054173 A1 discloses an electrodialysis unit comprising a cathode, an anode and a membrane. The electrodialysis unit additionally comprises flow conditioning elements arranged to promote laminar flow in the incoming water flow to the cathode flow path. -
US 2013/0112571 A1 discloses an electrolytic apparatus which includes a container for providing a dilution water passage for diluting an electrolyzed solution, an electrode stack in the container including a diaphragm-less unit electrolysis cell defined between planar electrodes and an electrode holder frame for supplying chlorine composition. -
GB 2440139 A - The invention relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus as described in
claim 1. The inventive electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus includes: - a treatment chamber containing at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and including at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid;
- at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes, wherein said plurality of electrodes are positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid, and wherein the at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes is configured to slideably engage with the treatment chamber; and
- a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes and substantially along the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes, wherein the flow aligner is positioned intermediate the at least one inlet and the plurality of electrodes, and wherein the flow aligner is a wall defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid;
- The invention further relates to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid as described in
claim 14. The method includes the steps of: - introducing a liquid to be treated into the electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus;
- applying a voltage to at least two of said plurality of electrodes to provide at least one cathode and at least one anode to thereby electrochemically treat the liquid; and
- removing electrochemically treated liquid from the apparatus.
- Further, in a first aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- a treatment chamber including at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, and a liquid disperser having a plurality of liquid passageways, wherein each said liquid passageway includes at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated; and
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- In a second aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid;
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid, wherein the plurality of electrodes includes at least one anode, at least one cathode and at least one electrical conductor, wherein said at least one electrical conductor is positioned intermediate said at least one cathode and said at least one anode.
- As used herein, the term "electrical conductor" refers to an electrode which is not intended to accept power from a power source external to the treatment chamber. The electrical conductor may obtain an electrolytic charge from the electron flow in an electric field contained within the vessel in which it resides.
- In a third aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a plurality of electrodes angled from a vertical plane.
- In one embodiment of this aspect, the apparatus further includes a treatment chamber within which said plurality of electrodes are positioned, the treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid.
- In a fourth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- at least a first and a second treatment chamber, wherein each said treatment chamber includes:
- at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid; and
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid,
- wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid from said at least one outlet of the first treatment chamber flows into said at least one inlet of the second treatment chamber.
- In a fifth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- a treatment chamber including:
- at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated;
- at least one treatment inlet for entry of a treatment agent for assisting in the treatment of the liquid; and
- at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid; and
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- In a sixth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including:
- a treatment chamber including:
- at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated; and
- at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid; and
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid; and
- In a seventh aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemical treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrochemical treatment of the liquid. In one embodiment of the seventh aspect, the apparatus further includes the electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes, especially such that the plurality of electrodes are positioned (especially releasably engaged) within the treatment chamber.
- In one embodiment of the seventh aspect, there is provided an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber containing at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and including at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to releasably engage with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrolytic treatment of the liquid, wherein said electrode holder includes a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes, and wherein when the electrode holder is releasably engaged with the treatment chamber said flow aligner is positioned intermediate the at least one inlet and the electrodes.
- In an eighth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- In one embodiment of the eighth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus including:
- a treatment chamber containing at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and including at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid;
- a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid; and
- a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes, wherein the flow aligner is positioned intermediate the at least one inlet and the electrodes.
- In a ninth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the apparatus including a treatment chamber including at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid, wherein the treatment chamber is configured to accommodate a plurality of electrodes. In one embodiment of the ninth aspect, the apparatus further includes a plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber for electrochemical treatment of the liquid. The plurality of electrodes may be removable from the treatment chamber.
- In one embodiment of the second to ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the treatment chamber may include a plurality of inlets for entry of a liquid to be treated. The treatment chamber may further include a liquid disperser having a plurality of liquid passageways, wherein each said liquid passageway includes at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated. Said liquid disperser may be for evenly dispersing the liquid to be treated relative to the electrodes in the treatment chamber, and may especially be a liquid manifold.
- In one embodiment of the first and third to ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the plurality of electrodes includes at least one anode, at least one cathode and at least one electrical conductor, wherein said at least one electrical conductor is positioned intermediate said at least one cathode and said at least one anode.
- In an embodiment of the first, second, and fourth to ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the plurality of electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber are angled from a vertical plane.
- In an embodiment of the first to third and fifth to ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber, wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid from said at least one outlet of the first treatment chamber flows into said at least one inlet of the second treatment chamber.
- In an embodiment of the first to fourth and seventh to ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the apparatus is adapted to provide at least one treatment agent in the treatment chamber during electrochemical treatment of a liquid. In another embodiment, the treatment chamber further includes at least one treatment inlet for entry of a treatment agent for assisting in the treatment of the liquid.
- In an embodiment of the first to sixth, eighth and ninth aspects of the present disclosure, the treatment chamber is configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with at least one electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes for electrochemical treatment of the liquid. In a further embodiment, the apparatus further includes the electrode holder holding the plurality of electrodes, wherein the electrode holder is engageable with the treatment chamber (especially such that the plurality of electrodes are positioned or releasably engaged within the treatment chamber).
- Features of the first to ninth aspects of the disclosure may be as described further below.
- Any of the features described herein can be combined in any combination with any one or more of the other features described herein within the scope of the invention.
- In one embodiment of the first to ninth aspects of the disclosure, the electrochemical treatment apparatus is an electrolytic treatment apparatus.
- The apparatus may be adapted for electrocoagulation of a liquid or for performing electrochemical reactions on the liquid or contaminants within the liquid. The electrochemical reactions may change the state of specific components within the liquid (for example by reductive or oxidative processes). Any suitable liquid may be used in the apparatus, but the liquid especially may be an aqueous solution. The aqueous solution may be a suspension or colloid, and especially may be water (including wastewater). Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the electrochemical treatment may produce hydroxyl and/or sulfate radicals at the anode(s), and these may more effectively oxidise some contaminants (especially refractory organic contaminants) whilst sulfate radicals to a greater extent ameliorate the inhibitory effect of chloride ion on this oxidative process.
- In one embodiment, the liquid is industrial wastewater (including food and beverage manufacturing residues), agricultural wastewater (including wastewater from agricultural properties, such as from dairy operations and animal husbandry operations (e.g. wash-down water from milking sheds or animal lice dips)) or wastewater resulting from mining, oil or gas activities (including drainage arising from mining activities such as so-called acid mine drainage (AMD) (where the drainage contains heavy metals, sulfurous and sulfuric acids, suspended solids or other environmental pollutants); or wastewater from dewatering, hydraulic fracturing, flooding or other reworking or completion operations, known to those skilled in the art, for any oil or gas deposit (including coal seam, shale oil, 'tight' and unconventional gas)).
- The aqueous solution may be brine (especially concentrated brine from a reverse osmosis (RO) system or dilute brine prior to the RO or other membrane filtration process) or an aqueous oil solution (including in the form of a suspension or emulsion) or the liquid may be a liquid including a cation or anion, especially including a metal ion (such as Fe2+), a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate or a carbonate.
- The liquid to be treated may include contaminants for removal. The contaminants may be selected from one or more of the group consisting of: metals (including transition and heavy metals), salts, solids, pathogens (including bacteria, protozoa, viruses and other organisms including algae), amphoteric species, colloids (organic and inorganic), suspended solids, organic or inorganic chemicals (including surfactants, biocides, cross-linkers or breakers) and oils or other hydrocarbons (such as in droplet and emulsified forms) and various other undesirable substances. The contaminants may include one or more of a refractory organic, a cation or an anion (especially a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate, or a carbonate). The liquid may include one or more of oil wastes, dyes, suspended particulates, chemicals, and organic matter from various industrial processes and effluents. The apparatus may be used (or be configured) to remove, immobilise, oxidise or reduce contaminants in or from the liquid. The contaminants are typically removed from the liquid in the form of flocculated particles or floc.
- The apparatus may be used with a liquid of any suitable electrical conductivity. For example, when the liquid is an aqueous solution, the solution may be saline; especially saline with low, moderate or high electrical conductivity; more especially saline with relatively high electrical conductivity. In other embodiments, the liquid may be brackish with only moderate conductivity or may be predominantly fresh with low electrical conductivity. Liquids with moderate to high levels of total dissolved solids (TDS) generally respond well to treatment and the number and hence surface area of electrodes required is typically a function of the TDS.
- The apparatus includes a treatment chamber (or a treatment vessel which defines a treatment chamber). The treatment chamber may be of any suitable size. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber is a large industrial unit. For example, the treatment chamber may accommodate from 60 kL to 1,000 kL of liquid; especially from 80 kL to 750 kL or from 100 kL to 600 kL; more especially from 125 kL to 500 kL or from 180 kL to 400 kL; most especially from 200 kL to 300 kL or about 250 kL of liquid.
- The treatment chamber in another embodiment is portable. For example, the treatment chamber may accommodate less than 50 kL, 40 kL, 30 kL, 20 kL, 10 kL, 1 kL, 900 L, 800 L, 700 L, 600 L, 500 L, 400 L, 300 L, 200 L, 100 L, 80 L, 60 L, 40 L, 20 L or 10 L liquid. In another example the treatment chamber may accommodate greater than 40 kL, 30 kL, 20 kL, 10 kL, 1 kL, 900 L, 800 L, 700 L, 600 L, 500 L, 400 L, 300 L, 200 L, 100 L, 80 L, 60 L, 40 L, 20 L 10 L or 5 L liquid. In a further example, the treatment chamber may accommodate a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described.
- Any suitable flow rate of liquid may flow through the at least one inlet, and thereby the treatment chamber. The optimal flow rate will depend on the size of the apparatus, the capacity of the treatment chamber and electrical conductivity (EC) of the liquid, which is typically a function of the total dissolved solids (TDS). The apparatus may be configured for a liquid flow rate of at least 500 mL/s; especially at least 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 or 13 L/s; more especially at least 15, 18 or 20 L/s; most especially about 23 L/s. In another embodiment, the apparatus is configured for a liquid flow rate of less than 100 L/s; especially less than 90, 80, 70, 60, 50 or 40 L/s; more especially less than 30 L/s; most especially about 23 L/s.
- The residence time of the liquid within the treatment chamber may be controlled or varied, depending on the size of the treatment chamber, the surface area of electrodes and/or the flow rate of the liquid. This may achieve, for example, improved performance in either coagulation, REDOX reactions or emulsion breaking. In some embodiments, the residence time is less than 10 minutes in the treatment chamber, especially less than 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 minute in the treatment chamber, more especially about 30 seconds in the treatment chamber. In other embodiments, the residence time is from 5 seconds to 5 minutes in the treatment chamber, especially from 10 seconds to 2 minutes in the treatment chamber, more especially from 20 to 55 seconds in the treatment chamber, most especially from 30-45 seconds in the treatment chamber.
- The treatment chamber may be configured for use at atmospheric pressure. The treatment chamber may be configured for use at greater than atmospheric pressure, for example at from greater than 1 atmosphere to 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 atmospheres (especially from 1-3 atmospheres). Pressures of greater than atmospheric pressure may be used to accelerate a reaction within the treatment chamber. The treatment chamber may be configured for use at less than atmospheric pressure, for example at from less than 1 atmosphere to 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 or 0.9 atmospheres. Pressures of less than one atmosphere may be beneficial for the removal of dissolved gases (such as bicarbonate or carbonate), thereby limiting, by way of example, the electrode passivating effects of dissolved carbon dioxide. Gases may also be removed from the treatment chamber by use of a membrane system within the treatment chamber which operates at such reduced pressure so as to preferentially degas the liquid being treated.
- The treatment chamber may be made of any suitable material. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber may be made of a polymer such as a polymer plastic (examples include high density polyethylene (HDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), a phenolic polymer plastic, polypropylene or polyethylene (PE)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a rubber; a metal such as steel, steel alloy, aluminium, or stainless steel (especially a metal insulated using a polymer plastic or composite material); a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material; or an insulating plastic (such as a phenolic insulating plastic) bonded (especially thermally) to a substrate such as a metal, concrete or compressed fibre-cement sheet. The treatment chamber may be machine finished. The treatment chamber may be partially or completely transparent (for example, the treatment chamber may be made of glass or a transparent plastic). A transparent treatment chamber may be advantageous for use with some treatment enhancers, such as UV light).
- In one embodiment, the treatment chamber is configured so that the plurality of electrodes are positioned (or configured to be positioned) intermediate the at least one inlet and at least one outlet. In this embodiment liquid may enter the treatment chamber via the at least one inlet, pass between the plurality of electrodes, and then exit the treatment chamber via the at least one outlet. In a first example, the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber. In this example, the at least one inlet may be positioned at the lower portion of the treatment chamber; and the at least one outlet may be positioned at the upper portion of the treatment chamber (i.e. the liquid substantially ascends through the chamber). Alternatively, the at least one inlet may be positioned at the upper portion of the treatment chamber; and the at least one outlet may be positioned at the lower portion of the treatment chamber (i.e. the liquid substantially descends through the chamber). In a second example, the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially horizontally through the treatment chamber. In this example the at least one inlet may be positioned at or adjacent to one side wall of the treatment chamber, and the at least one outlet may be positioned at or adjacent to an opposite side wall of the treatment chamber. In a third example, the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows obliquely through the treatment chamber.
- The treatment chamber may be a plurality of treatment chambers arranged in parallel. It may be advantageous to use a plurality of parallel treatment chambers in order to increase the external surface area of the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment. This may allow for greater exposure to, or penetration of, treatment enhancers (such as ultraviolet light, microwaves or ultrasonic waves (or ultrasonics)) during the electrochemical treatment.
- The treatment chamber may be of any suitable shape or dimensions. The treatment chamber may have a square, circular, ovoid, elliptical, polygonal or rectangular cross-section. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber has a first wall, and one or more side walls. The first wall may include or be adjacent to the at least one inlet. The first wall may be distal to the electrodes and proximate to the at least one inlet. In this embodiment, the treatment chamber may include a second wall opposite to the first wall. The second wall may be distal to the electrodes and proximate to the at least one outlet. The second wall may be removable (such as if the second wall forms the lid of the chamber). The second wall may include or be adjacent to the at least one outlet. A side wall may also include or be adjacent to the at least one outlet. In another embodiment, the treatment chamber may include a base (first wall), a top or lid (second wall), and one or more side walls (especially if the treatment chamber is configured so that the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber). It may be advantageous for the treatment chamber to include a lid so that pressure in the treatment chamber may accumulate as the electrochemical treatment progresses. If the liquid flows substantially vertically through the treatment chamber, then the at least one outlet may be positioned in the upper portion of the treatment chamber, and the at least one inlet may be positioned in the lower portion of the treatment chamber. A wall or panel of the treatment chamber may be at least partially removed or opened. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber may be cylindrical, especially a pipe.
- The one or more side walls may be planar, circular or ovoid. The second wall may include a vent or gas outlet for gases which evolve during the electrochemical process.
- The inner surface of the first wall may be planar. The inner surface of the first wall may also be configured to direct the flow of liquid towards the electrodes. The inner surface of the first wall may include at least one (especially one) trough or channel which narrows to its base. The trough or channel may be substantially V-shaped. The trough or channel may be for directing the flow of water towards the electrodes. The first wall (especially the trough or channel) may include the at least one inlet, or the at least one inlet may be located within the trough or channel.
- The apparatus may include any suitable number of treatment chambers (and optionally any number of defoaming chambers). In one embodiment, the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber (each of which may be as herein described), wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid from said at least one outlet of the first treatment chamber flows into at least one inlet of the second treatment chamber. In another embodiment, the apparatus includes at least a first and a second treatment chamber and a first and a second defoaming chamber (each of these may be as described herein), wherein the apparatus is configured so that liquid passes through the first treatment chamber, the first defoaming chamber, the second treatment chamber and the second defoaming chamber; especially wherein the liquid passes sequentially through the aforementioned chambers.
- In one embodiment, the at least one inlet is a plurality of inlets. The treatment chamber may include at least 10 inlets, especially at least 15 inlets, more especially at least 20 inlets and most especially at least 30 inlets. The plurality of inlets may be for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, especially for evenly dispersing the liquid to be treated throughout the treatment chamber.
- Advantageously, by using a plurality of inlets the liquid may evenly enter the treatment chamber. This may improve even, or so-called laminar, fluid flow throughout the treatment chamber and said flow may maximise uniform and efficient contact between the electrodes positioned within the treatment chamber and the liquid being treated. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the benefits of encouraging such laminar or uniform flow may include some or all of reduced electrode and power consumption, improved transfer of electrical charge to the liquid to be treated, improved oxidation of impurities by short-lived free radicals (particularly refractory organic contaminants) and reduced electrode passivation.
- The liquid may be dispersed into the treatment chamber by way of at least one liquid disperser, especially one liquid disperser. The liquid disperser may be separate to, or integral with, the first wall. The disperser may include a plurality of liquid inlets into the treatment chamber (these would be outlets from the disperser). In one embodiment, the treatment chamber includes a liquid disperser for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, wherein said liquid disperser includes a plurality of inlets within the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated. Any suitable type of liquid disperser may be used.
- In a first example, the disperser is a tube, especially a tube perforated along its length to provide a plurality of inlets into the treatment chamber. The tube may be of circular, ovoid, square, rectangular or triangular cross section. The tube may be perforated on all sides, or on all sides except for a side opposite to the electrodes. Advantageously, the disperser in this embodiment may be positioned within the at least one (especially one) trough or channel which narrows to its base in the first wall. If the first wall includes multiple troughs or channels, then a disperser may be positioned within each trough or channel. In one embodiment, the treatment chamber includes at least one liquid disperser for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber, wherein said liquid disperser includes a plurality of inlets within the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated, and wherein within each said at least one channel is positioned one said liquid disperser.
- In a second example, the disperser includes a plurality of liquid passageways, wherein each said liquid passageway includes at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated. The disperser in this example may be a manifold. Said plurality of liquid passageways may include at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or at least one transverse liquid passageway. Said passageways may be in fluid communication with each other. For example, the disperser may include at least one liquid entry point, at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or at least one transverse liquid passageway. At least one or each of the liquid passageways may include at least one and preferably a plurality of inlets to the treatment chamber. The liquid passageways may be arranged in any suitable way. Advantageously, computational fluid dynamic (CFD) modelling may be used to provide for laminar flow across the surface of the electrodes within the treatment chamber. Typically, the at least one transverse liquid passageway may be in liquid communication with the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway. The at least one liquid entry point may be in liquid communication with or abut either the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway, or the at least one transverse liquid passageway. The at least one longitudinal liquid passageway may be in fluid communication with, and extend from (especially at from 30 to 150 degrees to; more especially at from 60 to 120 degrees to; most especially at about 90 degrees to) the at least one transverse liquid passageway. The inlets to the treatment chamber may be provided by the outlets of the liquid disperser. In the second example, the disperser (especially manifold) may include at least one longitudinal liquid passageway in fluid communication with at least one transverse liquid passageway, wherein the at least one longitudinal liquid passageway and/or the at least one transverse liquid passageway include at least one inlet to the treatment chamber for entry of a liquid to be treated. The at least one inlet and/or disperser may be positioned beneath the plurality of electrodes (if the liquid substantially ascends as is passes through the treatment chamber).
- The disperser may include a diffuser for evenly distributing the liquid exiting the disperser. However, depending on the results of the aforementioned CFD modelling or other factors, the diffuser may not be necessary.
- The disperser may be made of any suitable material. In one embodiment, the disperser may be made of the same types of materials as previously described for the treatment chamber. In one embodiment, the disperser is made from welded polypropylene or polyethylene, polyester or epoxy resin fibreglass, a polymer, rubber, or cast or extruded components based on polymer plastic materials.
- The apparatus may include a pretreater positioned prior to, and in fluid communication with the at least one inlet. The pretreater may be a filter to remove larger particulate solids from the fluid stream that could lodge between the electrodes and disrupt liquid flows or otherwise impede with the functioning of the device.
- The apparatus may further include a flow aligner (or flow distributor) for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes. The flow aligner may also be for distributing the liquid between the electrodes. The flow aligner may be positionable between the at least one inlet and the electrodes. A flow aligner may be advantageous as the liquid between the electrodes and the at least one inlet (or if the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber, beneath the electrodes) may especially be turbulent. The flow aligner may assist the liquid in moving substantially or uniformly along the same longitudinal axis as the plurality of electrodes, which in turn may improve the contact time and hence electrochemical reaction between the liquid to be treated and the electrodes.
- In a first example, the flow aligner may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or baffle walls extending beneath the electrodes (or between the electrodes and the at least one inlet). The at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend substantially vertically beneath the electrodes (or in a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber). The at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes. The at least one baffle or baffle wall may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to the electrodes. The flow aligner may integrally formed with the treatment chamber, or may be removable and/or replaceable. Each baffle or baffle wall may be in the form of a plate. Each baffle or baffle wall may be from 20 mm to 500 mm long, especially from 50 mm to 250 mm long or from 60 mm to 150 mm long, more especially from 80 mm to 120 mm long, most especially about 100 mm long.
- In a second example, the flow aligner may be a partition (or wall or barrier) (especially a removable partition) defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid. The apertures defined by the removable partition may be consistently spaced and sized so that liquid flows evenly through the partition. The flow aligner may extend between the side walls of the treatment chamber. The apparatus may be configured so that when in use, the liquid pressure on the side of the partition proximate to the at least one inlet is greater than the liquid pressure on the side of the partition proximate to the electrodes. In one embodiment, the wall or partition is configured to provide a greater liquid pressure on the side of the wall or partition proximate to the at least one inlet than on the side of the wall or partition proximate to the electrodes when the apparatus is in use. Advantageously, this may assist the even, uniform or laminar flow of liquid between the electrodes. In an alternative embodiment, the treatment chamber may have only one inlet. In this embodiment the volume of liquid beneath the flow aligner may be sufficiently large so that turbulence in the liquid is ameliorated after the liquid passes through the flow aligner. Depending on a range of fluid, electrode and cell design parameters, such further design refinement could be influenced or determined by the CFD modelling as described above.
- In the second example, the flow aligner (or removable partition or wall) may be in the form of a plurality of segments, such that any one segment may be removed independently of the others. Each said segment may abut the adjoining segment, or each said segment may be in close proximity with the adjoining segment. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a plurality of electrode holders and each said electrode holder includes a segment of the flow aligner. The flow aligner may be in the form of at least one plate (or panel) (especially a plurality of plates), wherein each said plate defines a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid. The flow aligner may define a plurality of apertures each having a polygonal (especially hexagonal), circular or ovoid shape.
- The combination of a disperser and a flow aligner (especially a disperser in the form of a perforated tube positioned within a trough or channel in the first wall, and a flow aligner in the form of a partition (or wall) defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid) may promote the even, uniform or laminar flow of liquid between the electrodes, to thereby maximise the transfer of electrical charge and the efficiency of the electrochemical reaction. In this way, so-called "deadspots" in the flow of liquid through the reaction chamber can be minimised.
- The flow aligner may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material. The flow aligner may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber. The flow aligner may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or be fabricated from a number of composite materials including carbon fibre (for example a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material) and variations thereof.
- The inventors have performed computational fluid flow simulations on various treatment chamber configurations. The inventors have also studied fluid flow and pH variations within the treatment chamber during electrochemical treatments using pH sensitive indicators, and by inclusion of synthetic resin beads (of size less than 0.5 mm) in the fluid flow within the treatment chamber. These techniques were used to identify preferential channelling of the fluid flow. Advantageously, the inventors have found that inclusion of a flow aligner intermediate the at least one inlet and the electrodes, especially a flow aligner in the form of a partition defining a plurality of apertures provides decreased preferential channelling of the fluid flow, and increased uniformity of the fluid flow through the treatment chamber.
- The apparatus may be configured to electrochemically treat the liquid in the presence of at least one treatment enhancer or at least one treatment agent.
- As used herein, the term "treatment enhancer" refers to matter or energy (including radiation, sound or photons) that is capable of penetrating a solid wall of the treatment chamber to enhance reactions within the treatment chamber. Exemplary treatment enhancers include electromagnetic radiation and sonic waves. Electromagnetic radiation may include one or more of radiowaves, microwaves, infrared radiation, visible light, ultraviolet radiation (including ultraviolet-C light), X-rays and gamma rays. Sonic waves may include ultrasonic, infrasonic and audible waves. In one embodiment, the treatment enhancer may be a microwave or ultraviolet radiation, or ultrasonic sound waves. The treatment enhancer may accelerate or modify reactions in the treatment chamber (especially reactions involving contaminants) during the electrochemical treatment. The treatment enhancer may also reduce passivating accumulations on the electrodes (especially the cathodes; sonic waves may be suitable for this purpose, especially ultrasonic waves).
- The at least one treatment agent may be a fluid (including a gas or a liquid) or a solid. The at least one treatment agent may be a plurality of treatment agents. The at least one treatment agent may assist in the treatment of the liquid. The at least one treatment agent may act as a reactant or a catalyst during the electrochemical treatment, or it may modify or adjust the properties of the reactants, the liquid (solvent) or the products of the electrochemical treatment, or it may be inert during the electrochemical treatment. The at least one treatment agent may be used to form a reactant or catalyst in situ during the electrochemical treatment. Each said at least one treatment agent may also perform multiple functions. For the avoidance of doubt, the term "treatment agent" does not include chemicals produced in the course of an electrochemical treatment (such as hydrogen gas, metal ions generated by a sacrificial anode, and hydroxyl ions and hydroxyl radicals produced at the cathode); the term "treatment agent" refers to chemical matter deliberately added to the liquid to be treated by an operator during, prior to or after the electrochemical treatment. Electrodes per se, for example, are not treatment agents, although an electrode may be doped with a treatment agent so that the treatment agent is released, or acts as a catalyst, during the electrochemical treatment as the anode corrodes.
- The at least one treatment agent may be an oxidant, reductant or catalyst. The at least one treatment agent may form an oxidant, reductant or catalyst in situ in the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment. The at least one treatment agent may be selected from the group consisting of: an oxidant, a reductant, a homogenous or heterogeneous catalyst, a pH modifier (an acidifier (or acid) or a basifier (or base / alkali)), a surfactant, a defoaming agent, a conductivity modifier (for modifying the conductivity of the liquid to be treated), a chelant (for chelating with metal ions in the liquid), a viscosity modifier (for modifying the viscosity of the liquid or the floc), a ligand (for forming a catalyst), and a buoyant gas (which may advantageously improve or increase the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes and/or improve the reaction of components within this liquid).
- Exemplary oxidants may include permanganate (such as potassium permanganate), hydrogen peroxide, an inorganic peroxide, a peroxysulfates, a disulfate, a peracid (such as an organic or inorganic peracid - an exemplary example is meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid), oxygen gas, ozone, a halogen gas (such as fluorine or chlorine), nitric acid, sulfuric acid, a chlorite, a chlorate, a perchlorate, hypochlorite, and salts of the aforementioned oxidants. Exemplary reductants may include carbon monoxide, iron (II) compounds, hydrogen sulfide, disulfide, formic acid, sulfite compounds, boron reducing agents and hydrogen gas. Other oxidants and reductants would be known to a skilled person. The oxidant or reductant may assist in the electrochemical (or electrolytic) conversion of contaminants (especially to enable removal or recovery of the contaminants). The oxidant may assist in enhanced oxidative processes (EOP), such as for refractory contaminants.
- Advantageously, the presence of an oxidant or reductant within the treatment chamber may encourage or facilitate the further electrochemical reactions of reduction or oxidation or may result in enhanced oxidation processes or enhanced reduction processes within the reaction chamber. In one example, the liquid to be treated may be refined during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment by oxidative or reductive reactions in which the physical or chemical properties of contaminants in the liquid are altered by electrochemical processes, especially electrocoagulation processes.
- The at least one treatment agent may be for reaction with certain contaminants in the liquid to be treated, may be used to adjust the properties of the liquid being treated (for example to adjust the pH of the liquid), or may be for adjusting the properties of the floc (for example the agglomeration, viscosity, flowability or settling velocity of the floc).
- The at least one treatment agent may be a gas (which may be inert, an oxidant or a reductant, for example). The gas may be selected from one or more of the group consisting of: air, hydrogen, oxygen, ozone, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, nitrogen, chlorine, fluorine, chlorine dioxide, ammonia, or a combination thereof; especially hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, chlorine, carbon monoxide, air, carbon dioxide, or a combination thereof; more especially air, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or a combination thereof. A plurality of treatment agents may enter the treatment chamber, such as an inert gas and an oxidant or reductant.
- A said at least one treatment agent may be added to the liquid after the chemical treatment (either before or after the liquid exits the treatment chamber). For example, if the liquid provided after the electrochemical treatment is transferred to a tank (such as a clarification tank) a said at least one treatment agent may be added to encourage the separation (typically by gravity settling) of floe.
- The apparatus may be adapted to provide at least one treatment agent in the treatment chamber during electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid. The at least one treatment agent may be provided within the treatment chamber in any suitable way.
- In a first example, a said at least one treatment agent may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters the treatment chamber. The apparatus may include a mixer in fluid communication with the at least one inlet for a liquid to be treated, wherein the mixer is for mixing at least one treatment agent (which may be a liquid, gas or solid) with the liquid to be treated, before the liquid to be treated passes through the at least one inlet. Alternatively, the treatment agent may be provided on a liquid conduit to the treatment chamber, such as a pipe or manifold for transferring the liquid to be treated to the treatment chamber.
- In a second example, a said at least one treatment agent may be provided on a surface within the treatment chamber. For example, a catalyst may be provided on an inner side wall of the treatment chamber, on the walls at which the electrodes are held (e.g. on an electrode holder), or within at least one of the electrodes (such as via a doped-electrode), in which the treatment agent may be chemically alloyed within or physically attached, laminated or layered to the electrode materials. Said treatment agent may be released from the doped electrode when the electrode functions as an anode (at which time the anode releases metal ions into the liquid)). An exemplary doped electrode is a cerium doped electrode, although several other rare earth or precious metals when coated onto inert electrodes such as titanium, will be known to those skilled in the art.
- In a third example, a said at least one treatment agent may be provided following electrochemical treatment.
- In a fourth example, a said at least one treatment agent may enter the treatment chamber through at least one treatment inlet. The treatment chamber may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets, especially in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents. The treatment chamber may include at least 10 treatment inlets, especially at least 15 inlets, more especially at least 20 inlets, and most especially at least 30 inlets.
- The at least one treatment inlet may be at least one fluid treatment inlet (the fluid may include gases and liquids, and for example, liquids including suspended solids). The at least one fluid treatment inlet may be in the form of a fluid treatment disperser. The at least one fluid treatment inlet may be at least one liquid treatment inlet. The at least one liquid treatment inlet may be in the form of a liquid treatment disperser. The liquid treatment disperser may be as described above for the liquid disperser.
- The at least one treatment inlet may be an inlet for a gas treatment agent (i.e. a gas inlet). The treatment chamber may further include a gas treatment disperser having a plurality of gas inlets to the treatment chamber. Said gas treatment disperser may be for evenly dispersing the gas relative to the electrodes in the treatment chamber, and may especially be a gas manifold.
- The gas disperser may include a plurality of gas passageways, wherein each said gas passageway includes at least one inlet for entry of a gas. Said plurality of gas passageways may include at least one longitudinal gas passageway and/or at least one transverse gas passageway. Any suitable type of gas disperser may be used. For example, the gas disperser may include at least one gas entry point, and at least one longitudinal gas passageway and/or at least one transverse gas passageway. Each of the gas passageways may include at least one and preferably a plurality of gas inlets. The gas passageways may be arranged in any suitable way. Typically, the at least one transverse gas passageway may be in gaseous communication with the at least one longitudinal gas passageway. The at least one gas entry point may be in gaseous communication with or abut either the at least one longitudinal gas passageway, or the at least one transverse gas passageway. The at least one longitudinal gas passageway may be in gaseous communication with, and extend from (especially at from 30 to 150 degrees to; more especially at from 60 to 120 degrees to; most especially at about 90 degrees to) the at least one transverse gas passageway. The at least one gas inlet to the treatment chamber may be provided by outlets of the gas disperser. The treatment chamber may include at least 20 gas inlets.
- The at least one treatment inlet may be positioned at any suitable point or points in the treatment chamber. In one embodiment, the at least one treatment inlet is positioned between the electrodes and the first wall (especially between the flow aligner and the first wall). If the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber, then the at least one treatment inlet may be positioned beneath the electrodes (especially so that the treatment agent substantially rises as it travels through the treatment chamber). In one embodiment, the at least one treatment inlet (including a fluid treatment disperser) is integral with the first wall (or base) of the treatment chamber. In another embodiment, the at least one treatment inlet (including a fluid treatment disperser) is removable from the treatment chamber.
- The treatment chamber may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents. When the treatment chamber includes treatment inlets for different types of treatment agents (for example, a liquid treatment disperser and a gas disperser), these may be positioned relative to each other and to the at least one liquid inlet in any suitable way. For example, if the apparatus includes a liquid disperser and a gas disperser, the liquid disperser may be adjacent or proximate to the gas disperser (for example, the liquid disperser may be on top of, beneath, or beside the gas disperser). Similarly, if the apparatus includes a liquid treatment disperser and a liquid disperser, the liquid treatment disperser may be adjacent or proximate to the liquid disperser (for example, the liquid disperser may be on top of, beneath, or beside the liquid treatment disperser).
- The at least one outlet for exit of electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid may be located in any suitable position in the treatment chamber. However, the at least one outlet especially may be located such that the electrodes are positioned intermediate the at least one outlet and the at least one inlet. In one embodiment, the at least one outlet is located in or is positioned adjacent the second wall of the treatment chamber.
- In a first example, the at least one outlet may include at least two outlets, especially two outlets. The at least two outlets may include at least one floc outlet for exit of floe, and at least one liquid outlet for exit of electrochemically treated liquid. This arrangement may be particularly advantageous when the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber (i.e. so that the at least one outlet is positioned above the plurality of electrodes). The floc outlet may be positioned above the liquid outlet. For the avoidance of doubt, some liquid may exit the treatment chamber at the floc outlet with the floe, and some floc may exit the treatment chamber through the liquid outlet (although substantially all floc especially exits the treatment chamber through the floe outlet).
- In this example, the liquid outlet may be positioned relative to the floc outlet in any suitable way. In one embodiment, the floc outlet is positioned above the liquid outlet. The liquid outlet may be in the form of an aperture or passageway extending from a side wall of the treatment chamber. The treatment chamber may include one, two, three, four or five liquid outlets. One or more valves may be associated with the liquid outlets so that each liquid outlet may be selectively closed or partially closed. Advantageously, this may allow adjustment of the liquid flow rate through the treatment chamber. The floe outlet may be a weir or spillway. The spillway may include a baffle (especially an adjustable baffle) which may form the lower lip of the spillway. The adjustable baffle may be raised or lowered to adjust the separation of the floc from the electrochemically treated liquid. The adjustable baffle may be a plate. The apparatus may include one, two, three or four floc outlets, especially on different sides of the treatment chamber. The floc outlet may be positioned at substantially the intended height of the liquid within the treatment chamber.
- In a second example, the at least one outlet is one outlet. In this embodiment the floc may be separated from the treated liquid after the liquid exits the treatment chamber. For example, the apparatus may further include a vessel in fluid communication with the at least one outlet (a defoaming chamber, as discussed below, may be intermediate the at least one outlet and the vessel). Electrochemically treated liquid exiting the liquid outlet may flow to the vessel for separation of the floc from the liquid. In one embodiment, the vessel may be a clarifier for clarifying the liquid. The vessel may include at least one liquid outlet and at least one floc outlet. Features of the liquid outlet and the floc outlet may be as described in the preceding two paragraphs.
- The apparatus may also include a floc mover for moving floe, especially on the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber (or alternatively on the surface of the vessel in fluid communication with the at least one outlet). The floc mover may be configured for moving the floc towards the at least one floc outlet, and may assist in providing a horizontal flow for the liquid at the top of the treatment chamber (or at the top of the vessel). The floc mover may be a floc skimmer. The floc mover may be positioned substantially above or below the surface of the liquid in the treatment chamber.
- The floc mover may include at least one floc driver for driving the floc towards the at least one floc outlet, and especially a plurality of floc drivers (these may be in the form of a paddle or projection). The at least one floc driver may be mounted to or mounted relative to a belt, strap, chain or cable. The belt, strap, chain or cable may be turned by a belt drive. The belt drive may be partly flexible. The belt drive may include at least one wheel, especially at least two wheels, more especially two wheels. The at least one wheel may include teeth, and may be in the form of a cog or sprocket.
- A separator may be in fluid communication with the floc outlet to separate floc from the liquid. The separated floc may be disposed of, further treated, or otherwise used. The separated liquid may be combined with the liquid exiting the treatment chamber (or vessel) via the liquid outlet; returned to the treatment chamber for further treatment; or diverted elsewhere (for example by the use of a float or sensor actuated submersible sludge pump) for further treatment, or release to the environment.
- The separator may be in the form of a filter. In one embodiment, the filter may be a filtration bag, especially a filtration bag made of a polymeric material, more especially a filtration bag having woven polymeric fibres which trap some or substantially all of the solids and permit the free flow of separated liquid.
- The apparatus may also include a defoamer. The defoamer may be for decreasing the volume of foam (or bubbles) after the electrochemical treatment. During electrochemical treatment foam is frequently generated from, for example, gas bubbles generated at the cathode. As these bubbles pass through the liquid they can generate foam which can be difficult to manage and can cause overflowing in liquids high in organic compounds (such as carrageenan, xanthate or guar derived vegetable gums). The defoamer may include one or more nozzles for spraying liquid onto the foam. As the liquid is sprayed onto the foam, the liquid droplets pierce the foam, releasing the trapped gas and decreasing the foam volume. The nozzle may be adjustable to modify the velocity of the sprayed liquid and the size of the sprayed liquid droplets. Advantageously, the properties of the foam produced in the electrochemical treatment may vary depending on the composition of the liquid, and an adjustable nozzle may allow for effective defoaming for a variety of liquid types. For example, if guar gum is present in the liquid during electrochemical treatment then the foam created may have very elastic bubbles, which requires larger droplets and/or a higher velocity to penetrate. The apparatus may include one, or a plurality of defoamers. The nozzle may produce a jet, or produce a mist. The liquid sprayed by the nozzle may be electrochemically treated liquid from the treatment chamber. The defoamer may include a pump for pumping the liquid through the nozzles.
- The defoamer may be positioned above the surface of the treatment chamber (or vessel) to defoam floc on the surface of the liquid. The defoamer may also be present in a defoaming chamber (the apparatus may include a defoaming chamber which includes a defoamer). In one embodiment, the apparatus may further include a defoaming chamber (or a defoaming vessel which defines a defoaming chamber). Liquid exiting the treatment chamber through the at least one outlet may flow to the defoaming chamber. The liquid exiting the treatment chamber may pass through the defoaming chamber to an outlet at the base of the defoaming chamber. One, or a plurality of defoamers may be positioned (especially vertically positioned) within the defoaming chamber to spray liquid on foam passing (or falling) through the chamber. The defoaming chamber may also include one or more (especially one or two) flow diverters. The flow diverters may be positioned within the defoaming chamber to divert the flow of liquid to thereby increase the liberation of gas from the liquid. The flow diverters may be a plate, especially a substantially vertically mounted plate within the defoaming chamber.
- At least a first flow diverter may provide a weir inside the defoaming chamber. A second flow diverter may be positioned intermediate said first flow diverter and the inlet to the defoaming chamber (which may be the outlet of the treatment chamber). The second flow diverter may provide an underflow weir (under which the fluid passing through the defoaming chamber passes). The bottom of the second flow diverter may extend lower than the top of the first flow diverter. The first and/or second flow diverter may be substantially vertical. The first and/or second flow diverter may be a wall or plate. Advantageously, the first and second flow diverters may trap foam entering the defoaming chamber between the second flow diverter and the defoaming chamber inlet. Fluid entering the defoaming chamber may fall onto the trapped foam to assist in decomposing the foam.
- The defoaming chamber may include an outlet for exit of defoamed liquid. Said defoaming chamber outlet may be located at the base of the defoaming chamber.
- Advantageously, during an electrochemical treatment gases such as hydrogen may evolve at the electrodes, with the amount observed depending on the liquid composition. These gases have the potential to produce foams which (in the case of a treatment chamber without a lid) has the potential to overflow. Furthermore, if foam is present in the fluid introduced into a pump it can create difficulties due to the trapped gas within the foam (for example creating air locks). The use of a defoaming chamber may ameliorate these possibilities.
- The plurality of electrodes may be selected from the group consisting of an anode, a cathode and an electrical conductor. In use, the apparatus includes at least one anode and at least one cathode. However, the electrodes may all be of similar structure and only become an anode, a cathode or an electrical conductor by virtue of the power connected to the electrode (or lack thereof in the case of an electrical conductor). Each said at least one electrical conductor may be positioned between at least one anode and at least one cathode.
- The apparatus may include from 10 to 1000 electrodes; especially from 20 to 500 electrodes; more especially from 30 to 250 electrodes; most especially from 40 to 100 electrodes.
- In one embodiment, from 2 to 12 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; especially from 2 to 10 or from 2 to 8 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; more especially from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 4 electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source; most especially three electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source. If three electrodes in the apparatus are connected to a power source, the two terminal electrodes (i.e. at each end of the plurality of electrodes) will have the same polarity (i.e. either an anode or a cathode) and an electrode intermediate the terminal electrodes (especially substantially equidistant between the terminal electrodes) will have the opposite polarity (i.e. either an anode or a cathode). The remaining electrodes in the plurality of electrodes will be electrical conductors. In one embodiment, the apparatus is configured so that from 5 % to 25 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; especially from 8 % to 20 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; more especially from 10 % to 20 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes or from 10 % to 15 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes. In another embodiment, the apparatus is configured so that from 0.5 % to 25 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; especially from 0.5 % to 15 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes; more especially from 0.5 % to 10 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes or from 0.5 % to 5 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes. In one embodiment, about 2.5 % of the electrodes in the apparatus are anodes or cathodes.
- Each electrode, a set of electrodes, or the plurality of electrodes may be replaceable and/or removable. For example, the electrodes may be removable from the treatment chamber by means of an overhead gantry. The electrodes may be removed for temporary storage as a set (for example in horizontal racks above the unit), or can be replaced individually such as when an electrode loses its anodic potential through diminished surface area, for example by corrosion.
- Each electrode may be of any suitable shape, although certain shapes facilitate easy removal from the treatment chamber. For example, each electrode may be curved or planar, especially planar. Each electrode may also be, for example, of square, rectangular, trapezoidal, rhomboid, or polygonal shape; especially of rectangular or square shape. Each electrode may also be of solid construction, or may include a plurality of apertures. Each electrode may be especially of solid construction. In one embodiment, each electrode is a plate. In another embodiment, a said electrode or a portion of the plurality of electrodes may be of circular, ovoid, or elliptical cross section. In this embodiment, the electrodes in the portion of the plurality of electrodes may be positioned so that one electrode is inside the adjacent electrode. For example, a portion of the plurality of electrodes may be concentrically positioned (especially when said electrodes are cylindrical in shape).
- Each electrode may be made of any suitable material. Exemplary materials include aluminium, iron, steel, stainless steel, steel alloy (including mild carbon steel), magnesium, titanium and carbon. In another embodiment, each electrode may be made of an alloy of or containing a material selected from the group consisting of: aluminium, iron, steel, magnesium, titanium and carbon. Each electrode may be selected depending upon the liquid to be treated, the contaminants in the liquid, the floc to be created and the relative cost of the various metallic electrodes at the time. Each said electrode within the apparatus may be the same or different, and may include the same metal or different metals (for example depending on the desired performance). A said or each electrode may also include one or more treatment agents for release during the electrochemical treatment. A said or each electrode may also include one or more treatment agents to catalyse specific reactions, especially oxidative reactions, during the electrochemical treatment.
- The electrodes may be positionable above or below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber. However, the electrodes are especially positionable below the level of the liquid in the treatment chamber. If the liquid substantially ascends as it passes through the treatment chamber, this arrangement may advantageously not impede liquid or floc horizontal flow at the surface of the liquid.
- The electrodes may be positionable within the reaction chamber at any suitable angle. For example, the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes (such as an upper portion) may be angled from a vertical plane (obliquely configured) or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. The electrodes may be positioned substantially vertically or at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. In one example, the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes (such as an upper portion or portion proximate to the at least one outlet) may be positioned at an angle of from 5 to 40 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, especially from 5 to 35 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, more especially from 10 to 30, 10 to 15 or 15 to 30 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. In other examples, the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes (such as an upper portion or portion proximate to the at least one outlet) may be positioned at less than 40 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber, more especially less than 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10 or 5 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. In further examples, the electrodes or a portion of the electrodes (such as an upper portion or portion proximate to the at least one outlet) may be positioned at greater than 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 degrees from the vertical or a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. In other embodiments, the electrodes may be substantially vertical (or in a vertical plane) or substantially in a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber. The inventors have found that different liquids react differently to different electrode angles. For the avoidance of doubt, as used herein if the first wall includes a trough or a channel then the phrase "a plane perpendicular to the first wall of the treatment chamber" refers to a plane perpendicular to the base of the trough or channel.
- When the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber, positioning the electrodes within the treatment chamber at an angle may result in a number of advantages. First, positioning the electrodes at an angle may mean that the liquid flows against the electrodes as it rises through the treatment chamber (also gases may travel against the electrode as the gas rises through the treatment chamber). This may assist, for example, in reductive processes within the treatment chamber or may assist in preventing build-up of material (such as floe) on the electrodes. This may be especially advantageous when the polarity of the electrode, particularly a cathode, can be reversed during the passage of a reductive gas along or over its surface.
- Secondly, positioning the electrodes at an angle results in a horizontal movement being applied to the liquid as it travels through the treatment chamber. This can assist in directing the liquid through the at least one outlet, and especially floc through the floc outlet. In one example, the horizontal or essentially tangential movement applied to particles suspended or dispersed within the liquid forces any coagulated sediment or floc away from the treatment chamber thereby providing a clear disposal path for the floc from the treatment chamber.
- Thirdly, positioning the electrodes at an angle may assist in agglomerating floe. For example, as liquid rises through the treatment chamber, the floc may flow against the electrodes. This means that floc is more concentrated against the electrodes which assist in further agglomeration. In an exemplary embodiment, if the floc includes oil particles, the rising oil particles may be coalesced into larger droplets as a result of partial entrainment by friction beneath the electrodes. This does not generally occur when the plates are in a vertical configuration, and in this exemplary embodiment the dissolved or emulsified oil particles in the liquid may contact the underside of the electrodes where they accumulate and combine with other forming oil particles at the charged interface until such time as a larger (coalesced) droplet forms which then floats to the surface aided by the predominantly diagonal and vertical (but tangential to the droplet) liquid flow.
- Each electrode may be of any suitable thickness, for example from 1 mm to 20 mm thick, especially from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick, most especially about 3 mm thick. In some embodiments, each electrode is less than 20 mm thick, especially less than 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 mm thick. In other embodiments, each electrode is greater than 0.5 mm thick, especially greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 or 19 mm thick. In a further embodiment, thickness of the electrode may be a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described. In one embodiment, the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, especially about 3 mm thick.
- The electrodes may be spaced at any suitable distance. For example, the electrodes may be (especially on average) from 1 mm to 150 mm apart, especially from 1 mm to 100 mm apart or from 1 mm to 50 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 10 mm apart. The electrodes may be (especially on average) from 1 mm to 5 mm apart, or from 1.5 mm to 4.5 mm apart; more especially about 3 mm apart. In some embodiments, the electrodes are (especially on average) less than 150 mm apart, especially less than 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4 or 3 mm apart. In other embodiments, the electrodes are (especially on average) greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 or 150 mm apart. The electrodes may also be a range apart in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described. When the treatment chamber includes more than 2 electrodes, each electrode may be the same distance apart or different distances apart.
- The electrodes may be held apart in any suitable way. For example, the treatment chamber may include guides for holding the electrodes in position. In one embodiment, the guides may be grooves or slots positioned in opposite walls of the treatment chamber. The guides may be made from a high-density, electrically insulating polymeric material, such as HDPE or PVC, or a material as discussed below for the electrode holder.
- In one embodiment, the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick; and the electrodes are from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm apart. Using thinner electrodes positioned close together enables a greater number of electrodes to be positioned within the treatment chamber. This increases the surface area of the electrodes in contact with the liquid, which may enhance the electrochemical treatment of the liquid.
- To improve fluid flow, the electrodes may have a tapered lower edge or edge proximate to the at least one inlet. The lower edge (or edge proximate to the at least one inlet) of the electrodes may be tapered to an angle of about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the electrode. The taper may extend less than 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4% or 3% of the length of the electrode. The lower edge of the electrode or edge proximate to the at least one inlet may be tapered on one or more sides, such as two opposed longitudinal sides, more especially one longitudinal side. If the lower edge of the electrode or edge proximate to the at least one inlet is tapered on more than one side, then the taper on each side may be the same or different.
- The apparatus may also include at least one non-conductive element positioned within the treatment chamber. The non-conductive element may alter the electrical field (amperage and voltage) within the treatment chamber. The position, shape and configuration of the non-conductive element may be as described above for the electrodes. However, the non-conductive element is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, such as, for example, a material selected from the group consisting of: a polymer plastic (such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polypropylene (PP)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix, or a combination of the aforementioned materials. In one embodiment the apparatus does not include any non-conductive elements.
- The apparatus may further include at least one electrode holder for holding a plurality of electrodes. The at least one electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber. The treatment chamber may be configured to engage (especially releasably engage) with the at least one electrode holder. The treatment chamber may include at least one guide for guiding the electrode holder into position. The treatment chamber may include at least one (or a plurality of) grooves for slidable engagement of the electrode holder in the treatment chamber. The treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder or to at least one electrode held by the electrode holder. The treatment chamber may include a plurality of power connectors (for example of the same or different polarity) for connecting power to each electrode holder or to electrodes held by the electrode holder.
- The treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder, to thereby power at least one of the electrodes held by the electrode holder. For each electrode holder, the treatment chamber may include at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one anode in the electrode holder (especially one or two power connectors) and at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one cathode (especially one or two power connectors) in the electrode holder.
- In a first exemplary embodiment, the at least one power connector may be located on a wall of the treatment chamber (especially a side wall or the first wall), especially in a groove in which the electrode holder may be slideably engaged. Only one wall of the treatment chamber may include a power connector for each electrode holder. The at least one power connector may be made of a metal, especially bronze.
- In a second exemplary embodiment, the treatment chamber includes at least one power connector that is adapted to contact the working face of at least one (for example one or two) electrodes. As used herein, the term "working face" refers to the surface of the electrode that contacts the liquid during the electrochemical treatment. In this embodiment, at least one (especially one or two) power connectors may be positioned adjacent one or more side walls of the treatment chamber, especially one or more side walls parallel to the working face of the electrodes. At least one power connector may be positioned between electrode holders in the treatment chamber. At least one power connector may be positioned intermediate two electrode holders, and the at least one power connector may be positioned intermediate to the working face of a terminal electrode of each electrode holder (in this case, one power connector may power one electrode in each electrode holder. In this case, the at least one power connector may be housed within a power connector housing located intermediate two electrode holders). In this embodiment, the at least one power connector may include a biasing mechanism for biasing the power connector against an electrode. The biasing mechanism may include a compression spring. The at least one power connector may be made of a metal, especially a resilient metal, such as steel, more especially stainless steel, most especially spring steel. Advantageously, the use of a biasing mechanism in the power connector may improve the contact between the electrode and the power connector, assist in holding the electrode holder in place, and avoid the need for screwed connectors when replacing electrode holders. In one embodiment, the power connector may traverse a wall of the treatment chamber (especially a side wall) to provide a tab for connection to a power source (possibly via the current controller, as described further below). The at least one power connector may have or include a corrugated shape.
- The treatment chamber may be configured to releasably engage with from 1 to 100 electrode holders, especially from 2 to 50 electrode holders, more especially from 2 to 40, from 2 to 30, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 10 electrode holders.
- Each said electrode holder may include a frame, and the frame may include a handle and at least two side walls. The handles of the electrode holders, once placed in the treatment chamber, may form the lid of the treatment chamber. The electrode holder handles may sealingly abut each other in the treatment chamber. The frame may also include a flow aligner (or a segment of a flow aligner). In one embodiment, the flow aligner is a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid, and wherein the treatment chamber includes a shelf upon which the electrode holder rests when the electrode holder is releasably engaged with the treatment chamber. The frame may be substantially U-shaped, with the base of the "U" forming the handle and the sides of the "U" forming the side walls. Alternatively, the frame may be of substantially square or rectangular-shaped, with two opposite side walls of the square/rectangle forming the side walls of the frame, and the other opposed sides forming a flow aligner and a handle. The electrode holder may be in the form of a cartridge. Accordingly, each said electrode holder (or at least one said electrode holder) may include a flow aligner, as described above. The flow aligner may be positioned between the electrodes and the at least one inlet. The electrode holder handle may include an electrode holder remover (such as a strap (or strap loop), especially a cable, string or thread) to assist in removing the electrode holder from the treatment chamber.
- The electrode holder, especially the at least two side walls of the electrode holder may be configured to releasably engage with the treatment chamber. The electrode holder (especially the at least two side walls) may be slideably engageable with the treatment chamber. The electrode holder (especially the at least two side walls) may be releasably engageable in the treatment chamber by friction, by a clamp, or by another suitable fastener. In another embodiment, the treatment chamber may include a shelf upon which the electrode holder rests when in position.
- In one embodiment, the treatment chamber or the electrode holder may include a clamp for releasably clamping the electrode holder in position. The electrode holder (especially at least one of the at least two side walls or the side of the holder proximate to the first wall of the treatment chamber) may be configured to accept power, especially from a wall of the treatment chamber. The electrode holder (especially at least one of the at least two side walls) may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode held by the electrode holder. The treatment chamber may also be configured to provide power longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode. Providing power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode, or longitudinally along the working face of at least one electrode, may provide superior flow of power than if power was only supplied to the at least one electrode at a single point.
- The electrode holder may include a power connector for connecting with a power connector from the treatment chamber. If present, power connectors in the electrode holder and the treatment chamber may connect in any suitable way. For example, the two power connectors may connect by way of abutting surfaces or projections, or by way of a male-female connection.
- The electrode holder may hold a plurality of electrodes. The electrodes within the electrode holder may be replaceable and/or removable. In one embodiment, the electrodes within the electrode holder may not be replaceable and/or removable. The electrode holder may include slots machined to enable the electrodes to slide in and out of the electrode holder as required. This may enable replacement of the electrodes within the electrode holder whilst the apparatus is in operation. The electrodes, properties of the electrodes, orientation of the electrodes, and the relationship between two electrodes (e.g. the distance between electrodes) in the electrode holder may be as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, the electrode holder may also include at least one non-conductive element. Therefore, the electrode holder may hold one or more electrodes and one or more non-conductive elements.
- Any suitable number of electrodes may be held by the electrode holder. In one embodiment, the electrode holder may hold from 3 to 100 electrodes; especially from 3 to 50 electrodes; more especially from 3 to 25 electrodes; most especially from 5 to 15 electrodes or from 8 to 15 electrodes, about 10 electrodes or about 13 electrodes. In one embodiment, the electrode holder holds at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 electrodes. In another embodiment, the electrode holder holds less than 100, 90, 80, 70, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20 or 15 electrodes.
- The electrode holder or the electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber at any suitable angle. The orientation of the electrode holder may be as described above for the angle of electrodes within the treatment chamber.
- In one embodiment, the electrode holder may be positionable substantially vertically within the treatment chamber. This may be particularly advantageous if the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber. In this embodiment, the electrodes may be held substantially vertically by the electrode holder, or the electrodes may be held at an angle from the vertical by the electrode holder. In another embodiment, the electrode holder is positionable at an angle within the treatment chamber.
- The electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable in the same plane as the electrode holder, or the electrodes may be positionable at an angle relative to the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder. For example, the electrodes may be positionable at an angle of from 0-20 degrees from the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder, more especially from 0-15 degrees or from 0-10 degrees, most especially from 0-5 degrees or 0-3 degrees or 0 degrees from the longitudinal plane of the electrode holder.
- The electrode holder advantageously may allow for the easy and rapid exchange of electrodes in the apparatus. The electrode holder may overcome the delays inherent in changing individual electrodes within the reaction chamber and may be particularly advantageous in areas of low head height.
- The frame of the electrode holder may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material. The frame of the electrode holder may be made of the materials discussed above for the treatment chamber. The frame of the electrode holder may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; or a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material.
- The electrode holder may be removable from the treatment chamber by way of a removal device (especially a lifting device which lifts the electrode holder from the treatment chamber). In one example, the lifting device may lift the electrode holder substantially vertically before allowing for horizontal movement of the electrode holder above the apparatus. The lifting device may be slideably mounted on at least one (especially two) rails. In one embodiment, the electrode holder may be removable using an overhead gantry.
- The apparatus may further include a liquid pump for pumping liquid to be treated through the at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and/or at least one treatment agent pump (which may be a liquid pump and/or a gas pump) for pumping the treatment agent through the at least one treatment inlet. Said pump may be a variable speed pump. Any suitable pump may be used. For example, the gas pump may be an entrained air pump or a centrifugal, diaphragm, peristaltic, geared or similar pump. A liquid pump may or may not be necessary, depending on the pressure of the liquid delivered to the treatment chamber. However, a liquid pump, particularly a geared or diaphragm pump, may be advantageous as this may permit greater control over the liquid flow rates within the treatment chamber.
- The apparatus may further include one or more sensors for sensing: flow velocity through the treatment chamber; volume of liquid in the treatment chamber (including the liquid height, especially when the liquid substantially ascends through the treatment chamber); formation of products in the treatment chamber or exiting the treatment chamber (including gases, especially explosive gases); presence of contaminants in the treatment chamber or exiting the treatment chamber; passivating accumulations on one or more electrodes; and the conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber.
- In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment. The system may be automated and include one or more sensors as outlined in the preceding paragraph and one or more devices for regulating the electrochemical treatment, wherein the one or more devices are in communication with the one or more sensors to thereby automate the treatment. The system may be controlled by a controller (such as a programmable logic controller (PLC)). The one or more devices may include at least one selected from the group consisting of: a pump (especially a variable speed pump) for regulating the flow of liquid into the treatment chamber; a current controller for controlling the electrical current to the electrodes (especially for controlling the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby provide cathodes and anodes, and/or the voltage of the current); treatment enhancer applicator for applying a treatment enhancer to the treatment chamber (for example, an electromagnetic radiation source or a sonic generator); a valve for draining the treatment chamber (and optionally a pump in fluid communication with the valve); a treatment agent applicator for applying one or more treatment agents to the treatment chamber (this may include a treatment agent pump); fluid jets (including liquid and gas jets) for reducing passivating accumulations on the electrodes (the fluid jets may be high-pressure fluid jets); an electrode holder remover and inserter; and an electrode plate remover and inserter.
- As outlined above, the current controller may control the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby provide cathodes and anodes. In one embodiment the polarity of the electrodes is reversed during the electrochemical treatment. Any suitable electrical current may be applied to the plurality of electrodes. The polarity of the electrodes may advantageously be alternated to thereby reduce passivating accumulations on the electrodes and create a reversible electrical field within the treatment chamber. The polarity switching of the electrodes may allow specific chemical reactions to be delayed or accelerated as required. During the electrochemical treatment the anodes typically are sacrificial and gradually reduce in size. In contrast the cathodes typically undergo passivation and accumulate matter on their surfaces. By regularly reversing the polarity of the current flowing to the electrodes the same electrode will successively function as a cathode and an anode. In this way the passivating surface of the cathode becomes the eroding surface of the anode, which reduces passivating accumulations on the electrode and slows the reduction in size of the electrode. In one embodiment, the current source applied to the apparatus is direct current, but due to the alternating polarity of the current by the current controller, the current applied to the electrodes is alternating current. In other words, the current applied to the plurality of electrodes may be a direct current of adjustable frequency of alternation. The current controller may also modify the sinewave ramping angles during the electrochemical treatment, and/or modify the rate of current application to the electrodes during the electrochemical treatment.
- Accordingly, the current controller may control the frequency of current reversal to the electrodes. The current controller may also control the relative proportion of cathodes and anodes in the electrochemical apparatus. Control of the relative proportion and hence surface area of cathodes and anodes may be advantageous, as this will alter the chemistry of the electrochemical treatment. For example, if the total surface area of the anodes exceeds (especially by a significant degree) the surface area of the cathodes then an oxidising environment is created within the treatment chamber. Alternatively, if the total surface area of the cathodes exceeds (especially by a significant degree) the surface area of the anodes, then a reducing environment is created within the treatment chamber. The electrical current controller may apply a voltage to the treatment chamber to apply an effective voltage to each cell of from 0.1 to 50 V; especially from 0.1 to 40 V, from 0.5 to 30 V, or from 0.5 to 20 V; more especially from 1 to 10 V or from 1 to 5 V or from 2 to 4 V; most especially about 2-3 V or about 3 V (the "effective voltage to each cell" is the voltage between two adjacent electrodes in the treatment chamber).
- The inventors have found that the effective voltage to each cell may be adjusted by adjusting the voltage applied to the electrodes by the electrical current controller, by adjusting the number of electrodes connected to an electrical current, by positioning a non-conductive element within the treatment chamber, and/or by altering the number of electrodes in the treatment chamber (for example using an electrode holder remover and inserter, and/or an electrode plate remover and inserter). The electrical current may be provided by a voltage source. In one embodiment, the apparatus further includes a voltage source. The conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber may vary, and this conductivity may affect the extent and type of reactions occurring in the treatment chamber during the electrochemical treatment. For example, the electrochemical treatment may provide the same (or similar) effect when treating a highly conductive liquid with fewer electrodes, as when treating a poorly conductive liquid with a greater number of electrodes. A sensor for sensing the conductivity of the liquid in the treatment chamber may be in communication (such as via a PLC) with the current controller, an electrode holder remover and inserter, and/or an electrode plate remover and inserter to thereby control the effective voltage to each cell (this may occur in an automated manner).
- In a tenth aspect, the present disclosure relates to an electrode holder for an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, wherein the electrode holder is configured for holding a plurality of electrodes and to engage (especially releasably engage) with an electrochemical treatment chamber (especially the treatment chamber of the apparatus of the ninth aspect of the present disclosure). In one embodiment of the tenth aspect, the present disclosure provides an electrode holder for an electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, the electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes and being configured to releasably engage with a treatment chamber of the electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus, wherein said electrode holder includes a flow aligner for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes. In one embodiment, the flow aligner is for distributing the liquid between the electrodes. In another embodiment, the flow aligner is a wall defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- The electrode holder may include a plurality of electrodes. The electrode holder may be in the form of a cartridge. The electrode holder may be slideably engageable with the treatment chamber. The electrode holder may be configured to accept power from a wall of the treatment chamber. The electrode holder may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least one electrode held by the electrode holder. The electrode holder may be configured so that power is applied to the working face of at least one electrode in the electrode holder. Features of the electrode holder of the tenth aspect of the present disclosure may be as described for the electrode holder of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- The electrode holder may further include a flow aligner, for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes or distributing the flow of liquid between the electrodes. The flow aligner may be as described above. The flow aligner may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or baffle walls extending beneath the electrodes. The at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend substantially vertically beneath the electrodes. The at least one baffle or baffle wall may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes. The at least one baffle or baffle wall may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to the electrodes. The flow aligner may also be a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid.
- The electrode holder or the electrodes within the electrode holder may be positionable within the treatment chamber at any suitable angle, especially at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, more especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical. The electrodes within the electrode holder may be from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, especially about 3 mm apart. The electrodes within the electrode holder may be replaceable and/or removable. Features of the electrodes in the electrode holder may be as defined for the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- In an eleventh aspect, the present disclosure relates to a method of electrochemically treating a liquid, the method including the steps of:
- introducing a liquid to be treated into the apparatus of any one of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure;
- applying a voltage to at least two of said plurality of electrodes to provide at least one cathode and at least one anode to thereby electrochemically treat the liquid; and
- removing electrochemically treated liquid from the apparatus.
- The method of the eleventh aspect may also include the step of generating floc as the liquid is electrochemically treated, and removing floc from the apparatus. The method may also include the step of introducing at least one treatment agent into the apparatus, especially in which the treatment agent is a gas or an oxidant or reductant. The method may also include the step of applying a treatment enhancer to the treatment chamber. In a further embodiment, the method includes the step of reversing the polarity of the at least one cathode and the at least one anode during the electrochemical treatment. The method of the eleventh aspect may be a method of electrolytically treating a liquid.
- Features of the eleventh aspect of the present disclosure may be as described for the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure.
- In a twelfth aspect, the present disclosure relates to a method of inserting or removing an electrode holder holding a plurality of electrodes (as provided in the tenth aspect of the present disclosure) into the apparatus of the seventh aspect of the present disclosure.
- In a thirteenth aspect, the present disclosure provides a water treatment system including the apparatus of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure. The water treatment system may also include the electrode holder of the tenth aspect of the present disclosure. The water treatment system may further include one or more of the following components: a balance tank, a treatment tank (such as an acid tank, a base tank, a treatment agent tank), a clarifier, a screw (sludge dewatering) press, a drop tank, a storage tank, and a filtration system. The filtration system may include one or more of: a sand filter, a carbon filter and one or more of a series of membrane filters (such as a membrane for ultrafiltration, microfiltration, nanofiltration or reverse osmosis, including separate spiral-wound membranes, as required for further polishing of treated water).
- Examples of the invention will now be described by way of example with reference to the accompanying figures, in which:
-
Figure 1 is a side view of a first example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 2 is a top view of a liquid disperser for use in the first example apparatus; -
Figure 3 is a side view of a second example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 4 is a side view of one treatment chamber in the second example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 5 is a front view of the second example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 6 is a top view of a gas disperser for use in the first example apparatus; -
Figure 7 is a side view of a third example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 8 is a perspective view of an example electrode holder; -
Figure 9 is a front view of the example electrode holder offigure 8 ; -
Figure 10 is a perspective view of the example electrode holder offigure 8 ; -
Figure 11 is a process flow diagram of a water treatment system including an electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus (HEC20016); -
Figure 12 is a top view of the layout of a trailer including the water treatment system ofFigure 11 ; -
Figure 13 is a top view of the electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus in the system ofFigures 11 and12 ; -
Figure 14 is a side view of the electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus ofFigure 13 ; -
Figure 15 is a perspective view of the electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus ofFigure 13 ; -
Figure 16 is a perspective view of a second example electrode holder; -
Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of the electrode holder ofFigure 16 ; -
Figure 18 is a perspective view of an exemplary treatment chamber and defoaming chamber; -
Figure 19 is a top view of the treatment chamber and defoaming chamber ofFigure 18 ; -
Figure 20 is a perspective view of a fourth example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 21 is cross sectional view of the apparatus ofFigure 20 , through the liquid entry point and defoaming chamber outlet; -
Figure 22 is a cross sectional view of the apparatus ofFigure 20 , through the treatment chamber; -
Figure 23 is a perspective view of the electrode holder in the apparatus ofFigure 20 ; -
Figure 24 is a bottom perspective view of the electrode holder ofFigure 23 ; -
Figure 25 is a cross sectional view through the electrode holder ofFigure 23 ; -
Figure 26 is a top perspective view of the treatment chamber and defoaming chamber in the apparatus ofFigure 20 ; -
Figure 27 is a perspective view of the treatment chamber and defoaming chamber ofFigure 26 ; -
Figure 28 is a cross sectional view through the treatment chamber ofFigure 26 ; -
Figure 29 is a perspective view of the apparatus ofFigure 20 with the electrode holder partly removed; and -
Figure 30 is a cross sectional view through the treatment chamber and electrode holder ofFigure 20 with the electrode holder partly removed; -
Figure 31 is a perspective view of a fifth example electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus; -
Figure 32 is a cross sectional view of the apparatus ofFigure 31 ; and -
Figure 33 is an exploded perspective view of the apparatus ofFigure 31 . - Preferred features, embodiments and variations of the invention may be discerned from the following Description which provides sufficient information for those skilled in the art to perform the invention. The following Description is not to be regarded as limiting the scope of the preceding Summary of the Invention in any way.
- Embodiments of the invention will now be described with reference to
Figures 1 to 33 . In the figures, like reference numerals refer to like features. -
Figures 1 to 7 illustrate three different electrochemical / electrolyticliquid treatment apparatuses 1. Eachapparatus 1 includes atreatment chamber 10 having at least oneinlet 20 and at least oneoutlet 30. Positioned within thetreatment chamber 10 are a plurality ofelectrodes 40. The plurality of electrodes include at least onecathode 42 and at least oneanode 44. - The
apparatus 1 illustrated in the figures is especially adapted for electrocoagulation processes, but it would be appreciated that theapparatus 1 may also be used in other electrochemical / electrolytic processes such as for performing electrochemical reactions on the liquid or on the contaminants within the liquid. The electrochemical reactions may change the state of specific components within the liquid (for example by reductive or oxidative processes). Similarly, theapparatus 1 illustrated in the figures is particularly intended for use with aqueous solutions (such as those defined above), but any suitable liquid may be used in theapparatus 1. - The liquid may be an aqueous solution, especially brine or an aqueous oil solution (including in the form of a suspension or emulsion) or the liquid may be a liquid including a refractory organic, a sulfate, a chloride, a hydroxide, a nitrate, a bicarbonate, a carbonate or another anion or cation. The liquid may be wastewater from the dewatering of any oil or gas deposit (including coal seam and unconventional gas) (this water may be moderately saline).
- Another type of liquid for use with the
apparatus 1 is liquid with sulfate ion species. For such liquids hydrogen generated at theanode 44 may reduce the sulfate ion from SO4 2- to HS- ions. HS- ions may preferentially combine with divalent metallic species, especially at above pH 7.0, to provide ecologically immobile sulfide minerals. This may be particularly advantageous for divalent metal species which can act as serious environmental contaminants such as those arising from acid mine drainage (AMD) and electroplating wastes. - A further type of liquid is an aqueous oil solution (especially an emulsion). When such oil solutions are electrolytically treated, the oil particles may rise to the surface of the liquid and coalesce.
- In another example, the liquid to be treated may be a marine or freshwater algae or algal biomass, and treatment of this liquid may result in disruption of the cell wall to thereby release algal components into the water stream. Such components may include vegetable derived colourings such as carotene, chlorophyll or xanthophyll or valuable hydrocarbons such as kerogen to be commercially recovered from algae and similar materials.
- As used herein, the term "floc" relates to any coagulated, precipitated matter or sludge (which, for example, may be solid or gelatinous in form, or may be or include oils) produced during the electrolytic treatment. Floc produced by the
apparatus 1 of the present disclosure differs in significant ways from floc generated by chemical coagulation. A floc produced in the present disclosure typically contains substantially less bound water, is more shear resistant and is more readily filterable than flocs produced by conventional chemical coagulation processes. The process of electrolytic treatment to form the floc causes impurities in the liquid (especially water) to be easily removable or separable from the floc. - The application of an electrical field between the electrodes 40 (between the at least one
cathode 42 and the at least one anode 44) in thetreatment chamber 10 may result in the creation of highly charged polymeric metal hydroxide species (these are typically created at the at least one anode 44). These species typically neutralise the electrostatic charges on contaminants in the liquid (such as suspended solids or oil droplets) and facilitate their coagulation or agglomeration and resultant separation from the liquid. In prior art apparatuses, electrolytic treatment typically results in the precipitation of certain metals, salts and amphoteric species as coagulated particles within the apparatus and especially on the surface of theelectrodes 40. This surface fouling or passivation of theelectrodes 40 is a significant disadvantage of prior art apparatuses. - In one embodiment, the liquid rises (or ascends) as it travels through the
treatment chamber 10. In a further embodiment, the liquid obliquely rises as it travels through thetreatment chamber 10. - The
treatment chamber 10 may be of any suitable shape. InFigures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 , thetreatment chamber 10 has a square cross-section, but thechamber 10 also may be, for example, of circular, ovoid, elliptical, polygonal or rectangular cross-section. Thetreatment chamber 10 typically has abase 12, a top orlid 14 and one or more side walls. - The
base 12 of thetreatment chamber 10 illustrated inFigures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 is flat or planar, but thebase 12 may also be of any suitable shape, for example to accommodate other components of a liquid treatment system. Similarly, the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10 illustrated inFigures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 is open, but thetreatment chamber 10 may be fully or partially closed or be closable with a lid. If thechamber 10 is closed or closable, then the top 14 or lid of thechamber 10 may include a vent or other outlet for exit of gases which evolve during the electrocoagulation process. In a further embodiment, the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10 is of the same dimensions as thebase 12. - The
treatment chamber 10 may be of any suitable size. In one embodiment, thetreatment chamber 10 accommodates from 125 kL to 500 kL of liquid, especially about 250 kL. Theapparatus 1 may be configured for a liquid flow rate of at least 10 L/s, especially about 23 L/s. The residence time of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10 may be less than 2 minutes, especially about 30 seconds. - An
exemplary disperser 22 is illustrated inFigure 2 (in the form of a liquid manifold). In this disperser there are two liquid entry points 24 in fluid communication with twolongitudinal liquid passageways 26. Between the twolongitudinal liquid passageways 26 extend a plurality oftransverse liquid passageways 28. Each of the transverse liquid passageways include a plurality ofinlets 20. In an alternative exemplary embodiment, the disperser may include oneliquid entry point 24 in fluid communication with onetransverse liquid passageway 28. A plurality of longitudinalliquid passageways 26 may then be in fluid communication with, and extend from thetransverse liquid passageway 28. Eachlongitudinal liquid passageway 26 may include a plurality ofinlets 20 to thetreatment chamber 10. There may be one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more than ten longitudinalliquid passageways 26 and/ortransverse liquid passageways 28. - The
disperser 22 may further include a diffuser, for evenly distributing the liquid exiting thedisperser 22. A diffuser may further improve the movement of the liquid to be treated into thetreatment chamber 10. For example, when a liquid enters the disperser the pressure may be higher at theliquid entry point 24 than at a position on thedisperser 22 furthest from theliquid entry point 24. To counter this, one solution may be to vary the size of theinlet 20 openings, so that theinlet 20 openings are larger at theliquid entry point 24 end of thedisperser 22, and theinlet 20 openings are smaller at the position on thedisperser 22 furthest from theliquid entry point 24. - In
Figures 1 ,3 ,4 , and7 the at least oneinlet 20 and/ordisperser 22 is positioned beneath theelectrodes 40, especially so that the liquid substantially rises as it travels through thetreatment chamber 10. Thedisperser 22 may be integral with or removable from thebase 12 of thetreatment chamber 10. - At least one treatment agent may be used to assist in the treatment of the liquid. The at least one treatment agent may be a fluid (including a gas or a liquid) or a solid. The at least one treatment agent may be an oxidant or reductant.
- The at least one treatment agent may be for reaction with certain contaminants in the liquid to be treated, may be used to adjust the properties of the liquid being treated (for example to adjust the pH of the liquid), or may be for adjusting the properties of the floc (for example the agglomeration, viscosity or flowability of the floc).
- The at least one treatment agent may be a gas (which may be inert, an oxidant or a reductant, for example). The gas may be advantageously used to improve or increase the liquid flow velocity between the electrodes and/or to increase or improve the reaction of components within the liquid. The gas may, in particular, create favourable conditions at the face of the
electrodes 40 wherein reduction or oxidation processes can be better controlled by the presence of gaseous reactants, which can include either reactive or inert gaseous reactants. - Increasing the liquid flow velocity between the
electrodes 40 may be advantageous for several reasons. First, increased liquid flow velocity between theelectrodes 40 may reduce the accumulation of dangerous gases, such as hydrogen, chlorine and hydrogen sulfide at theelectrodes 40. Although such gases are typically formed in the electrocoagulation process, in the absence of high current densities the formation rate of such gases is usually so low that poor clearance of these gases occurs. The addition of a buoyant gas to thetreatment chamber 10 improves the clearance of such dangerous gases. - A second and related advantage of increasing the liquid flow velocity between the
electrodes 40 is that passivation of the at least onecathode 42 may be reduced, as higher liquid flow rates decreases the potential for material build-up (such as floe) on the at least onecathode 42. - A third advantage of increasing the liquid flow velocity between the
electrodes 40 is that the liquid is more likely to push any floc (including, for example, coalescing oil droplets) being formed to the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10, where the floc may be efficiently removed or recovered for further processing or sale. This prevents the floc from settling on thebase 12 of thetreatment chamber 10. - The gas introduced to the
treatment chamber 10 may also be used to contribute to chemical reactions occurring within thetreatment chamber 10, allowing for the formation of additional compounds to assist in treatment or purification of the liquid. For example, and as discussed above, the gas selected may be used as an oxidant or a reductant. Specific types of gases may be selected for removal of targeted ionic species. - Examples of gases that may be used in the
apparatus 1 include air, hydrogen, oxygen, ozone, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, nitrogen, chlorine, fluorine, chlorine dioxide, ammonia, or a combination thereof; especially hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, chlorine, carbon monoxide, air, carbon dioxide, or a combination thereof; more especially air, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, ozone, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or a combination thereof. The gas may be especially known for its ability to display enhanced reactivity in an electric field with ionic species present in such water and wastewater systems. The gas may be a buoyant gas. - In one example, if the liquid to be treated is concentrated brine from a reverse osmosis system, carbon dioxide may be introduced into the
treatment chamber 10, and depending on the pH chosen, the resulting reaction products may be sodium sesquicarbonate (where sodium is the dominant ion), and/or mixed magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxy-carbonate-hydroxy-chloride (where magnesium is the dominant ion). In a variation to this arrangement, theelectrodes 40 may include metallic alloys containing aluminium and magnesium such that magnesium enters the liquid from anode consumption or dissolution, and reactive gases such as hydrogen may form as the anode is consumed or dissolved. - A plurality of treatment agents may enter the
treatment chamber 10, such as an inert gas and an oxidant or reductant. - The at least one treatment agent may be introduced into the
treatment chamber 10 in any suitable way. For example, if the treatment agent is a solid, the solid may be added directly to thetreatment chamber 10, such as by dropping the solid into thetreatment chamber 10 at the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10. In another example, the at least one treatment agent (which may be a solid, liquid or gas) may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters the treatment chamber. If the at least one treatment agent is a solid, the solid treatment agent may be dissolved in the liquid to be treated, or a suspension or colloid may be formed. If the at least one treatment agent is a gas, the gas treatment agent may be added to, or dissolved within, the liquid to be treated (for example this may be achieved under pressure). The added gas may form microbubbles in the treatment chamber 10 (for example in suspension as the pressure is progressively reduced), and these microbubbles may rise through thetreatment chamber 10. As the microbubbles contact theelectrodes 40, turbulent mixing conditions may be provided, along with a reducing or oxidative environment as required. The microbubbles may entrain materials forming at theelectrodes 40 so as to keep theelectrodes 40 clear of reaction products or may for example provide gases for reductive or oxidative processes at the face or reactive surface of theelectrodes 40. In one embodiment, theapparatus 1 includes a mixer in fluid communication with the at least one inlet for a liquid to be treated 20, wherein the mixer is for mixing at least one treatment agent (which may be a liquid, gas or solid) with the liquid to be treated, before the liquid to be treated passes through the at least oneinlet 20. - The at least one treatment agent may enter the
treatment chamber 10 through at least one treatment inlet for entry to thetreatment chamber 10 of the at least one treatment agent. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least one treatment inlet (or a plurality of treatment inlets in fluid communication with each other) for each or each mixture of treatment agents. Advantageously, the at least one treatment inlet may allow for further control over the rate of addition or concentration of the at least one treatment agent within the treatment chamber 10 (and if the at least one treatment agent is an oxidant or reductant, for example, the at least one treatment inlet may allow control over the rate at which electrochemical oxidation or reduction reactions may occur). The at least one treatment agent may, for example, be mixed with a liquid (such as a portion of the liquid to be treated) before it passes through the at least one treatment inlet. The at least one treatment agent may be mixed with the liquid as discussed in the previous paragraph before it passes through the at least one treatment inlet. - In one embodiment, the at least one treatment inlet is a plurality of treatment inlets for dispersing the treatment agent into the
treatment chamber 10, especially for evenly dispersing the treatment agent throughout thetreatment chamber 10. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least 20 inlets. - Advantageously, by using a plurality of inlets for entry of a treatment agent, the treatment agent may evenly enter the
treatment chamber 10. This may permit a consistent concentration and/or distribution of the treatment agent in the liquid before the treatment agent is proximate to theelectrodes 40, which in turn may allow for improved reaction of the liquid to be treated. When the treatment agent is a gas, a plurality of inlets for a gas treatment agent may improve even fluid flow throughout thetreatment chamber 10 and may maximise efficient contact between theelectrodes 40 positioned within thetreatment chamber 10 and the liquid being treated. A plurality of inlets for a gas treatment agent may also improve the distribution of the gas within the liquid being treated, which in turn may improve the effect of the gas in chemical/electrochemical reactions within the treatment chamber 10 (for example, when the gas is an oxidant or reductant, the performance of theapparatus 1 in treatment, separation or recovery of contaminants may be improved). - The at least one treatment inlet may be at least one fluid treatment inlet (the fluid may include gases and liquids, and for example, the liquids may include suspended solids). For avoidance of doubt, the term "fluid treatment inlet" does not mean that the treatment agent is in fluid form (although it may be), only that a fluid at least including the treatment agent passes through the fluid treatment inlet. The at least one fluid treatment inlet may be in the form of a fluid treatment disperser. The at least one fluid treatment inlet may be at least one liquid treatment inlet (again, the term "liquid treatment inlet" means that a liquid at least including the treatment agent passes through the liquid treatment inlet). The at least one liquid treatment inlet may be in the form of a liquid treatment disperser. The liquid treatment disperser may be as described above for the liquid disperser.
- The at least one treatment inlet may be an inlet for a gas treatment agent (i.e. a gas inlet 60). The
treatment chamber 10 may include agas disperser 62, especially in the form of a gas manifold, thegas disperser 62 having a plurality ofgas inlets 60. Thegas disperser 62 may be for evenly dispersing the gas relative to theelectrodes 40 in thetreatment chamber 10. Anexemplary gas disperser 62 is illustrated inFigure 6 , in the form of a gas manifold. In this disperser there are two gas entry points 64 in gaseous communication with two longitudinal gas passageways 66. Between the two longitudinal gas passageways 66 extend a plurality oftransverse gas passageways 68. At least one or each of the transverse gas passageways include a plurality ofgas inlets 60. In an alternative exemplary embodiment, thegas disperser 62 may include onegas entry point 64 in gaseous communication with onetransverse gas passageway 68. A plurality of longitudinal gas passageways 66 may then be in gaseous communication with, and extend from thetransverse gas passageway 68. Each longitudinal gas passageway 66 may include a plurality ofgas inlets 60. There may be one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more than ten longitudinal gas passageways 66 and/ortransverse gas passageways 68. Thegas disperser 62 may be positioned beneath theelectrodes 40 in thetreatment chamber 10. - In further embodiments, the
apparatus 1 may include a liquid pump for pumping liquid through the at least oneliquid inlet 20, and/or at least one treatment agent pump (which may be a liquid pump and/or a gas pump) for pumping the treatment agent through the at least one treatment inlet. - The at least one
outlet 30 may be positioned above the electrodes 40 (especially at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10), especially so that the liquid substantially rises as it travels through thetreatment chamber 10. In one embodiment, the at least oneoutlet 30 includes afloc outlet 32 for exit of floc, and/or aliquid outlet 34 for exit of electrochemically / electrolytically treated liquid. Thefloc outlet 32 may be positioned above theliquid outlet 34. - The
liquid outlet 34 may be positioned in any suitable way within thetreatment chamber 10, provided that substantially no floc is able to exit thetreatment chamber 10 through theliquid outlet 34. In the embodiment illustrated inFigures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 , theliquid outlet 34 is positioned directly beneath thefloc outlet 32. However, this need not be the case. Theliquid outlet 34 may be positioned, for example, lower in thetreatment chamber 10, such as below the top of theelectrodes 40. - The
liquid outlet 34 may be in the form of an aperture in the side of a wall of the treatment chamber 10 (as illustrated inFigures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 ). Thetreatment chamber 10 may include one, two, three, four or fiveliquid outlets 34. One or more valves may be associated with theliquid outlets 34 so that eachliquid outlet 34 may be selectively closed or partially closed. This would allow for adjustment of the liquid flow rate through thetreatment chamber 10. - In the embodiment illustrated in
Figures 1 ,3 to 5 and7 , thefloc outlet 32 is in the form of a weir or spillway above the electrodes. The at least oneinlet 20 is also provided in adisperser 22 positioned beneath theelectrodes 40. This arrangement results in the liquid rising past the plurality ofelectrodes 40 within thetreatment chamber 10 when theapparatus 1 is in operation. Furthermore, theelectrodes 40 are positioned beneath the liquid level within thetreatment chamber 10. This means that once the liquid being treated passes above the electrodes, the liquid moves horizontally in the direction of the weir. By virtue of the design of theapparatus 1 illustrated in the Figures, floc collects on the surface of the liquid which allows substantially all floc to exit thetreatment chamber 10 over the weir or spillway. Therefore, in another embodiment, the at least oneoutlet 30 is positioned in the upper portion of thetreatment chamber 10, and the at least oneinlet 20 is positioned in the lower portion of thetreatment chamber 10. In one embodiment, the at least oneoutlet 30 is positioned at a different height to the at least oneinlet 20 in the treatment chamber 10 (this arrangement may avoid overly turbulent flow of the liquid through the apparatus). - Advantageously,
apparatus 1 may allow substantially all coagulated floc to rise to the surface of the liquid, where the floc can be separated after passing through thefloc outlet 32. This is in marked difference to many existing electrochemical / electrolytic liquid treatment apparatuses, in which floc often settles at the bottom of the apparatus, where it needs to be removed via a drain. - In one example, the
apparatus 1 includes at least onefloc outlet 32, especially in the form of a weir or spillway. In other examples, theapparatus 1 includes two, three or fourfloc outlets 32, especially in the form of a weir or spillway. In a further example, there may be afloc outlet 32 on each side of the treatment chamber 10 (again, especially in the form or a weir or spillway). Thefloc outlet 32 may include an adjustable baffle, which may be in the form of a plate. The adjustable baffle may form the lower lip of a weir or spillway, and the baffle may be raised or lowered to adjust the separation of the floc from the electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid. For example, by raising the baffle typically less electrochemically (or electrolytically) treated liquid would pass through thefloc outlet 32. - The
apparatus 1 may also include a floc mover 80 (especially in the form of a floc skimmer as illustrated inFigure 7 ) for moving floc, especially on the surface of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10. The floc mover 80 may be configured to move floc towards the at least onefloc outlet 32, and may assist in providing a horizontal flow for the liquid at the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10, especially on the surface of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10. The floc mover 80 may be positioned substantially above or below the surface of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10, especially substantially above the surface of the liquid (as inFigure 7 ). An exemplary floc mover 80 is illustrated inFigure 7 . This floc mover 80 includes a plurality offloc drivers 82 mounted to a belt, strap, chain orcable 84, which is turned bywheels 86. As thewheels 86 turn, floc rising to the surface of the liquid is skimmed and moved towards and through the at least onefloc outlet 32. - The
floc outlet 32 may be especially at the top 14 of thetreatment chamber 10, and may be especially positioned substantially at the intended height of the liquid within thetreatment chamber 10. - A
separator 70 may be positioned in fluid communication with thefloc outlet 32 to separate floc from the liquid. The separated floc may be disposed of, further treated, or otherwise used. The separated liquid may be combined with the liquid exiting thetreatment chamber 10 via theliquid outlet 34; returned to thetreatment chamber 10 for further treatment; or diverted elsewhere (for example by the use of a float or sensor actuated submersible sludge pump) for further treatment or release to the environment. - The
separator 70 may be in the form of a filter. In one embodiment, the filter may be a filtration bag, especially a filtration bag made of a polymeric material, more especially a filtration bag having woven polymeric fibres which trap the solids and permit the free flow of separated liquid. - The plurality of
electrodes 40 may be selected from the group consisting of ananode 44, acathode 42 and anelectrical conductor 46. In use, the apparatus includes at least oneanode 44 and at least onecathode 42. However, theelectrodes 40 may all be of similar structure and only become ananode 44, acathode 42 or anelectrical conductor 46 by virtue of the power connected to the electrode 40 (or lack thereof in the case of anelectrical conductor 46; theelectrical conductor 46 is not intended to accept power from a power source external to thetreatment chamber 10. However, due to the electrical current resulting from the application of power to theanode 44 andcathode 42 and the movement of ions in the liquid, when theapparatus 1 is in use the at least oneelectrical conductor 46 will carry charge). The at least oneelectrical conductor 46 is especially positioned between at least oneanode 44 and at least onecathode 42. - In one embodiment, from 2 to 12
electrodes 40 in theapparatus 1 are connected to a power source; especially from 2 to 10 or from 2 to 8electrodes 40 in theapparatus 1 are connected to a power source; more especially from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 4electrodes 40 in theapparatus 1 are connected to a power source; most especially threeelectrodes 40 in theapparatus 1 are connected to a power source. If threeelectrodes 40 in theapparatus 1 are connected to a power source, the two terminal electrodes (i.e. at each end of the plurality of electrodes 40) will have the same polarity (i.e. either ananode 44 or a cathode 42) and anelectrode 40 intermediate the terminal electrodes 40 (especially substantially equidistant between the terminal electrodes 40) will have the opposite polarity (i.e. either ananode 44 or a cathode 42). The remainingelectrodes 40 in the plurality ofelectrodes 40 will beelectrical conductors 46. Theapparatus 1 may include from 10 to 1000electrodes 40; especially from 20 to 500electrodes 40; more especially from 30 to 250electrodes 40; most especially from 40 to 100electrodes 40. - The
electrodes 40 may be replaceable and/or removable. For example, theelectrodes 40 may be removable from thetreatment chamber 10 by means of an overhead gantry. Theelectrodes 40 may be removed for temporary storage as a set (for example in horizontal racks above the unit), or can be replaced individually such as when anelectrode 40 loses its anodic potential through corrosion. - Each
electrode 40 may be of any suitable shape, although certain shapes facilitate easy removal from thetreatment chamber 10. For example, eachelectrode 40 may be curved or planar, especially planar (as in the embodiment exemplified inFigures 1 ,3-5 and7 ). Eachelectrode 40 may also be, for example, of square, rectangular, trapezoidal, rhomboid, or polygonal shape; especially of rectangular or square shape. Eachelectrode 40 may also be of solid construction, or may include a plurality of apertures. Eachelectrode 40 may be especially of solid construction. In one embodiment, eachelectrode 40 is a plate. - Each
electrode 40 may be made of any suitable material. Exemplary materials include aluminium, iron, steel, stainless steel, steel alloy (including mild carbon steel), magnesium, titanium and carbon. In another embodiment, each electrode may be made of an alloy of or containing a material selected from the group consisting of: aluminium, iron, steel, magnesium, titanium and carbon. Eachelectrode 40 may be selected depending upon the liquid to be treated, the contaminants in the liquid, the floc to be created and the relative cost of the various metallic electrodes at the time. Each saidelectrode 40 within theapparatus 1 may be the same or different, and may include the same metal or different metals (for example depending on the desired performance). - The
electrodes 40 may be positionable above or below the level of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10. However, theelectrodes 40 are especially positionable below the level of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 10 so as not to impede any liquid or floc horizontal flow at the surface of the liquid. - The
electrodes 40 may be positionable within the reaction chamber at any suitable angle. For example, theelectrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 (such as an upper portion) may be angled from a vertical plane (obliquely configured). In the example illustrated inFigures 1 ,3 ,4 and7 theelectrodes 40 are positioned at an angle of about 15 degrees to the vertical. In other examples, theelectrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 (such as an upper portion) may be positioned at an angle of from 5 to 40 degrees from the vertical, especially from 5 to 35 degrees from the vertical, more especially from 10 to 30, 10 to 15 or 15 to 30 degrees from the vertical. In other examples, theelectrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 (such as an upper portion) may be positioned at less than 40 degrees from the vertical, more especially less than 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10 or 5 degrees from the vertical. In further examples, theelectrodes 40 or a portion of the electrodes 40 (such as an upper portion) may be positioned at greater than 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 degrees from the vertical. In other embodiments, theelectrodes 40 may be substantially vertical (or in a vertical plane). The inventors have found that different liquids react differently to different electrode angles 40. - Positioning the
electrodes 40 within thetreatment chamber 10 at an angle may result in a number of advantages. First, positioning theelectrodes 40 at an angle may mean that the liquid flows against theelectrodes 40 as it rises through the treatment chamber 10 (also gases may travel against theelectrode 40 as the gas rises through the treatment chamber 10). This assists in preventing build-up of material (such as floc) on theelectrodes 40. - Secondly, positioning the
electrodes 40 at an angle results in a horizontal movement being applied to the liquid as it travels through thetreatment chamber 10. This can assist in directing the liquid through the at least oneoutlet 30, and especially floc through thefloc outlet 32. In one example, the horizontal movement applied to the liquid forces any coagulated sediment or floc away from thetreatment chamber 10 thereby providing a clear disposal path for the floc from thetreatment chamber 10. - Thirdly, positioning the
electrodes 40 at an angle may assist in agglomerating floc. For example, as liquid rises through thetreatment chamber 10, the floc may flow against theelectrodes 40. This means that floc is more concentrated against theelectrodes 40 which assist in agglomeration. In an exemplary embodiment, if the floc includes oil particles, the rising oil particles may be coalesced into larger droplets as a result of entrainment beneath theelectrodes 40. This does not generally occur when the plates are in a vertical configuration, and in this exemplary embodiment the dissolved or emulsified oil particles in the liquid may contact the underside of theelectrodes 40 where they accumulate and combine with other forming oil particles at the charged interface until such time as a larger (coalesced) droplet forms which then floats to the surface aided by the predominantly diagonal and vertical liquid flow. - In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the floc is or includes oil particles (which may arise when the liquid to be treated is an oily emulsion). In one example, during electrolytic treatment the coalesced oil rises to the surface of the liquid and is evacuated from the
treatment chamber 10 by means of a horizontal flow imparted by a combination of the natural buoyancy of the oil droplet, the lower density or specific gravity of the entrained oil droplet and theangled electrodes 40. In a further example, during electrolytic treatment the coalescing oil droplets forming beneath theelectrodes 40 are forced to the surface with an additional flow of gas and, combined with the horizontal flow imparted by theangled electrodes 40, are cleared from thetreatment chamber 10. In another example, during electrolytic treatment the coalesced oil droplets are forced to the surface of the liquid via the forced, circulating flow of liquid and a horizontal moment imparted on the liquid via the angle of theelectrodes 40. - Each
electrode 40 may also be of any suitable thickness, for example from 1 mm to 20 mm thick, especially from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick, most especially about 3 mm thick. In some embodiments, eachelectrode 40 is less than 20 mm thick, especially less than 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 or 2 mm thick. In other embodiments, eachelectrode 40 is greater than 0.5 mm thick, especially greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 or 19 mm thick. In a further embodiment, the thickness of theelectrode 40 may be a range in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described. - The
electrodes 40 may be spaced at any suitable distance. For example, theelectrodes 40 may be from 1 mm to 150 mm apart, especially from 1 mm to 100 mm apart or from 1 mm to 50 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 10 mm apart. Theelectrodes 40 may be from 1 mm to 5 mm apart, more especially about 3 mm apart. In some embodiments, theelectrodes 40 are less than 150 mm apart, especially less than 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4 or 3 mm apart. In other embodiments, theelectrodes 40 are greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 or 150 mm apart. Theelectrodes 40 may also be a range apart in which the upper and lower limits are as previously described. When the treatment chamber includes more than 2 electrodes, eachelectrode 40 may be the same distance apart or different distances apart. Theelectrodes 40 may be held apart in any suitable way. For example, thetreatment chamber 10 may include guides for holding theelectrodes 40 in position. In one embodiment, the guides may be grooves or slots positioned in opposite walls of thetreatment chamber 10. The guides may be made from a high-density, electrically insulating polymeric material, such as HDPE or PVC, or a material as discussed below for theelectrode holder 100. - In one embodiment, the
electrodes 40 are from 1 mm to 10 mm thick, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm thick; and theelectrodes 40 are from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, more especially from 1 mm to 5 mm apart. Usingthinner electrodes 40 positioned close together enables a greater number ofelectrodes 40 to be positioned within thetreatment chamber 10. This increases the surface area of theelectrodes 40 in contact with the liquid, which may enhance the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid. - To improve fluid flow, the
electrodes 40 may have a taperedlower edge 41. Thelower edge 41 of theelectrodes 40 may be tapered to an angle of about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the electrode. The taper may extend less than 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4% or 3% of the length of theelectrode 40. Thelower edge 41 of theelectrode 40 may be tapered on one or more sides, such as two opposed longitudinal sides, more especially one longitudinal side. If thelower edge 41 of theelectrode 40 is tapered on more than one side, then the taper on each side may be the same or different. - Any suitable electrical current may be applied to the plurality of
electrodes 40. However, the current applied to the plurality ofelectrodes 40 may especially be a direct current of adjustable frequency of alternation. This means that theelectrodes 40 functioning as the at least onecathode 42 and the at least oneanode 44 may switch during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment. This enables theelectrodes 40 to create a reversible electrical field within thetreatment chamber 10, which may assist theelectrodes 40 in remaining clear of debris or reaction products that might otherwise inhibit the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment by electro passivation. The polarity switching of theelectrodes 40 may allow specific chemical reactions to be delayed or accelerated as required. Therefore, in one embodiment the polarity of theelectrodes 40 is reversed during the electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment. - In a further embodiment, the voltage and amperage of the electrical field within the
treatment chamber 10 may be adjusted as necessary by placing selectedelectrodes 40 in electrical contact with a voltage source. The voltage source may be a separate, proprietary manufactured transformer. - The
apparatus 1 may also include at least one non-conductive element positioned within thetreatment chamber 10. This non-conductive element may be used to alter the electrical field (amperage and voltage) within thetreatment chamber 10. The position, shape and configuration of the non-conductive element may be as described above for theelectrodes 40. However, the non-conductive element is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, such as, for example, a material selected from the group consisting of: a polymer plastic (such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polypropylene (PP)); a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix, or a combination of the aforementioned materials. In one embodiment theapparatus 1 does not include any non-conductive elements. - The
apparatus 1 may further include aflow aligner 90 for aligning the flow of the liquid between theelectrodes 40, the flow aligner being positioned or positionable within thetreatment chamber 10. Aflow aligner 90 may be advantageous as the liquid beneath theelectrodes 40 in the treatment chamber may especially be turbulent. Theflow aligner 90 may assist the liquid in moving substantially along the same longitudinal axis as the plurality ofelectrodes 40, which in turn may improve the reaction between the liquid to be treated and theelectrodes 40. - The
flow aligner 90 may be in the form of at least one (especially a plurality of) baffles or bafflewalls 92 extending beneath theelectrodes 40. The at least one baffle or bafflewall 92 may extend substantially vertically beneath theelectrodes 40. The at least one baffle or bafflewall 92 may extend along substantially the same longitudinal axis as theelectrodes 40. The at least one baffle or bafflewall 92 may be positioned transversely or substantially perpendicularly to theelectrodes 40. Theflow aligner 90 may integrally formed with thetreatment chamber 10, or may be removable and/or replaceable. Each baffle or bafflewall 92 may be in the form of a plate. Each baffle or bafflewall 92 may be from 20 mm to 500 mm long, especially from 50 mm to 250 mm long or from 60 mm to 150 mm long, more especially from 80 mm to 120 mm long, most especially about 100 mm long. - The
flow aligner 90 may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material. Theflow aligner 90 may be made of the materials discussed above for thetreatment chamber 10. Theflow aligner 90 may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or be fabricated from a number of composite materials including carbon fibre (for example a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material) and variations thereof. - The
treatment chamber 10 may be configured to releasably engage with at least oneelectrode holder 100 holding a plurality ofelectrodes 40 for electrochemical (or electrolytic) treatment of the liquid. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least one guide for guiding theelectrode holder 100 into position. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least one (or a plurality of) grooves for slidable engagement of theelectrode holder 100 in the treatment chamber. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least one power connector for connecting power to the electrode holder, to thereby power at least one of theelectrodes 40 held by the electrode holder. Thetreatment chamber 10 may include a plurality of power connectors (for example of different polarity) for connecting power to each electrode holder. For example, if theapparatus 1 includes oneelectrode holder 100, then thetreatment chamber 10 may include at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one anode 44 (especially one or two power connectors) and at least one power connector for connecting power to at least one cathode 46 (especially one or two power connectors). The at least one power connector may be located on a wall of the treatment chamber, especially in a groove in which theelectrode holder 100 may be slideably engaged. In one embodiment, only one wall of thetreatment chamber 10 includes a power connector for eachelectrode holder 100. - The treatment chamber may be configured to releasably engage with from 1 to 100
electrode holders 100, especially from 2 to 50electrode holders 100, more especially from 2 to 40, from 2 to 30, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 10electrode holders 100. - The
apparatus 1 may further include an electrode holder 100 (anexemplary electrode holder 100 is illustrated inFigures 8 to 10 ). Theelectrode holder 100 may include aframe 101, and theframe 101 may include ahandle 102 and at least twoside walls 104. Theframe 101 may be substantially U-shaped, with the base of the "U" forming thehandle 102 and the sides of the "U" forming theside walls 104. Theelectrode holder 100 may be in the form of a cartridge. - The
electrode holder 100, especially the at least twoside walls 104 of theelectrode holder 104 may be configured to releasably engage with thetreatment chamber 10. The electrode holder 100 (especially the at least two side walls 104) may be slideably engageable with thetreatment chamber 10. The electrode holder 100 (especially the at least two side walls 104) may be releasably engageable in thetreatment chamber 10 by friction, by a clamp, or by another suitable fastener. In one example, thetreatment chamber 10 or theelectrode holder 100 may include a clamp for releasably clamping theelectrode holder 100 in position. The electrode holder 100 (especially at least one of the at least two side walls 104) may be configured to accept power, especially from the wall of thetreatment chamber 10, more especially by way of a power connector located in the electrode holder 100 (especially aside wall 104 of the electrode holder 100). The electrode holder 100 (especially at least one of the at least two side walls 104) may be configured to supply power along a longitudinal edge of at least oneelectrode 40 held by the electrode holder. Providing power along a longitudinal edge of at least oneelectrode 40 may provide superior flow of power than if power was only supplied to the at least oneelectrode 40 at a single point. - Power connectors in the
electrode holder 100 and thetreatment chamber 10 may connect in any suitable way. For example, the two power connectors may connect by way of abutting surfaces or projections, or by way of a male-female connection. - The
electrode holder 100 may hold a plurality ofelectrodes 40. Theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be replaceable and/or removable. In one embodiment, theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may not be replaceable and/or removable. Theelectrode holder 100 may include slots machined to enable theelectrodes 40 to slide in and out of theelectrode holder 100 as required. This may enable replacement of theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 whilst the machine continues to operate with aprior electrode holder 100. Theelectrodes 40 may be as described above. Furthermore, the spacings between the electrodes in theelectrode holder 100 may be as described above for the spacings for theelectrodes 40 in thetreatment chamber 10. - The
electrode holder 100 may include aflow aligner 90, as described above. Theflow aligner 90 may be positioned opposite to thehandle 102, beneath theelectrodes 40. - Any suitable number of
electrodes 40 may be held by theelectrode holder 100. In one embodiment, the electrode holder may hold from 3 to 100electrodes 40; especially from 3 to 50electrodes 40; more especially from 3 to 25electrodes 40; most especially from 5 to 15electrodes 40 or about 10electrodes 40. In one embodiment, theelectrode holder 100 holds at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10electrodes 40. In another embodiment, theelectrode holder 100 holds less than 100, 90, 80, 70, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20 or 15electrodes 40. - The
electrode holder 100 or theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be positionable within thetreatment chamber 10 at any suitable angle. In one embodiment, theelectrode holder 100 is positionable substantially vertically within thetreatment chamber 10. In this embodiment, theelectrodes 40 may be held substantially vertically by theelectrode holder 100, or theelectrodes 40 may be held at an angle from the vertical by theelectrode holder 100. In another embodiment, the electrode holder is positionable at an angle within thetreatment chamber 10. In this embodiment, theelectrodes 40 may be held substantially vertically by the electrode holder 100 (i.e. the longitudinal axis of theelectrodes 40 held by theelectrode holder 100 may be substantially the same as the longitudinal axis of the electrode holder 100). Alternatively in this embodiment, theelectrodes 40 may be held at angle within theelectrode holder 100. The angle of theelectrode holder 100, or the angle of theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be as described above for the angle of theelectrodes 40 within thetreatment chamber 10. For example, theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be held at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical. In another example, theelectrode holder 100 may be held at an angle of from 10 to 30 degrees from the vertical, especially at an angle of 10 to 15 degrees or about 15 degrees from the vertical. Theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be from 1 mm to 10 mm apart, especially about 3 mm apart. Theelectrodes 40 within theelectrode holder 100 may be replaceable and/or removable. - The
electrode holder 100 advantageously may allow for the easy and rapid exchange ofelectrodes 40 in theapparatus 1. Theelectrode holder 100 may overcome the delays inherent in changingindividual electrodes 40 within the reaction chamber and may be particularly advantageous in areas of low head height. - The frame of the
electrode holder 100 may be made of any suitable material, but especially may be made of a non-conductive material. The frame of theelectrode holder 100 may be made of the materials discussed above for thetreatment chamber 10. The frame of theelectrode holder 100 may be especially made from a composite material made with a non-conducting fibre or panel (such as fibreglass) mixed with a resin or resin solution (such as a polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyimide, polyamide, polypropylene or polyether ether ketone (PEEK)) to produce a polymer matrix; or a polymer plastic such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC); a phenolic polymer plastic; or a carbon fibre insulated using a polymer plastic or a composite material. - The
electrode holder 100 may be removable by way of a lifting device which lifts theelectrode holder 100 substantially vertically before allowing for horizontal movement of theelectrode holder 100 above theapparatus 1. The lifting device may be slideably mounted on at least one (especially two) rails. In one embodiment, theelectrode holder 100 may be removable using an overhead gantry. - In a further embodiment, the
apparatus 1 may include a current controller for controlling the amperage and voltage applied to the at least oneanode 44 and the at least onecathode 42. - In a further embodiment, the
apparatus 1 may include a plurality oftreatment chambers 10. This is illustrated inFigure 3 . Theapparatus 1 ofFigure 3 is configured so that liquid from theliquid outlet 34a of afirst treatment chamber 10a flows into theinlet 20b of asecond treatment chamber 10b. Following this, the liquid from theliquid outlet 34b of thesecond treatment chamber 10b flows into theinlet 20c of athird treatment chamber 10c. The floc produced flows oversuccessive floc outlets - In another embodiment, the floc exiting a
first treatment chamber 10a through afloc outlet 32a is diverted so that this floc does not travel to thesecond treatment chamber 10b, and similarly the floc exiting thesecond treatment chamber 10b through afloc outlet 32b is diverted so that this floc does not travel to thethird treatment chamber 10c. However, in this embodiment the liquid from theliquid outlet 34a of afirst treatment chamber 10a flows into theinlet 20b of asecond treatment chamber 10b, and the liquid from theliquid outlet 34b of thesecond treatment chamber 10b flows into theinlet 20c of athird treatment chamber 10c. - The
apparatus 1 may include a pretreater positioned prior to, and in fluid communication with theliquid inlet 20. The pretreater may be, for example, a filter to remove larger particulate solids from the fluid stream that could lodge between the electrodes and disrupt liquid flows or otherwise impede with the functioning of the device. However, such pretreatment is typically not necessary. - The
apparatus 1 of the present disclosure may also form one component of a larger water treatment system. - When the
apparatus 1 is used, the liquid to be treated enters thetreatment chamber 10 through the at least oneinlet 20 and a voltage is applied to the plurality of electrodes 40 (especially to provide at least oneanode 44 and at least one cathode 42), to thereby electrochemically treat the liquid. Floc may be generated as the liquid is electrochemically treated, and the floc may rise to the surface of the liquid. The floc may exit thetreatment chamber 10 at the floc outlet 32 (for subsequent separation of the floc from liquid, such as by filtering) and the electrochemically treated liquid may exit thetreatment chamber 10 at theliquid outlet 34. A treatment agent may be introduced into thetreatment chamber 10 during the electrochemical treatment. A treatment enhancer may be applied to thetreatment chamber 10 during the electrochemical treatment. - The
apparatus 1 may be operable at any suitable temperature and pressure. However, theapparatus 1 is especially operable at atmospheric temperature and pressure. In another embodiment, theapparatus 1 is operable at greater than atmospheric pressure, or less than atmospheric pressure, as defined elsewhere in the specification. - Further examples of the present disclosure are illustrated with reference to
Figures 11 to 33 .Figures 11 to 15 describe awater treatment system 200 and components thereof in the form of a trailer. -
Figures 11 to 15 illustrate awater treatment system 200 including an electrochemicalliquid treatment apparatus 201. InFigures 11 and12 , thetreatment chamber 210 anddefoaming chamber 250 are provided within the component labelled HEC20016 (this component is illustrated, for example, inFigures 13-15 and31-33 ). - As shown in
Figure 11 ,raw water 300 external to the trailer is supplied to abalance tank 302 using a centrifugal pump. At least one treatment agent (stored in a dosing tank 304) may be added to the water flowing to thebalance tank 302 using a positive displacement pump. Manual ball valves are in the conduit between theraw water 300 and balance tank 302 (80 mm manual ball valve), and between the conduit between thedosing tank 304 and the balance tank 302 (15 mm manual ball valve). The balance tank includes an 80 mm float valve, as well as a level switch. - The water then flows through ball valves (the first of which is an 80 mm valve) to the
treatment chamber 210 where electrochemical treatment occurs. The pH of the liquid during the electrochemical treatment may be controlled by the introduction of an acid fromacid tank 305. The electrochemically treated water then flows to thedefoaming chamber 250. The electrochemical process may be controlled via a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment (which includes a controller (PLC) 307). Electrochemically treated water then flows to clarifiers 306 (which have a level switch) through a 65 mm conduit and 50 mm electric ball valves. - Clarified water (and floc) may exit the
clarifiers 306 via 50 mm ball valves before passing through a positive displacement pump and then to successive 50 mm ball valves to a drain connection. Alternatively, the clarified water (and floe) from theclarifiers 306 may pass to ascrew press 308 having a float valve. Pressed floc exits the screw press through a 25 mm ball valve to a waste bin. Liquid exiting thescrew press 306 passes through a 25 mm ball valve to centrifugal pump, and then through a 25 mm check valve before passing back toclarifiers 306. - Clarified water may be passed from
clarifiers 306 via a 100 mm conduit to a drop tank 310 (in which the tank has a level transmitter and a level switch). Fluid exitingdrop tank 310 passes through a centrifugal pump and then to sand filters 312 (for separation of floc from the water) or optionally back throughclarifiers 306 by way of 50 mm ball vales and 65 mm check valve. After sand filtration the water may be passed to a storage tank 314 (where is it optionally treated by a treatment agent (stored in adosing tank 304, in which the treatment agent may be pumped into thestorage tank 314 by way of a positive displacement pump)), passing through 50 mm ball valves and a 65 mm conduit. Fromstorage tank 314 the treated water may pass through 80 mm ball valves and centrifugal pump before being released. Alternatively, water from thestorage tank 314 may pass through ball valves (80 mm and 25 mm), through centrifugal pump and then to: (i) further components of a filtration system, including acarbon filter 316,nanofilter 318, andreverse osmosis system 320; (ii)screw press 308; or (iii)treatment chamber 210 anddefoaming chamber 250. The filtered water may pass to astorage tank 322 before re-electrochemical treatment or disposal. InFigures 11 and12 , the electrochemicalliquid treatment apparatus 201 includesbalance tank 302,acid tank 305,dosing tank 304,treatment chamber 210,defoaming chamber 250, andclarifiers 306. As illustrated inFigures 11 to 15 , there arevarious pumps 324 and valves associated with thesystem 200 andapparatus 201. - Three
example treatment chambers 210,electrode holders 280, anddefoaming chambers 250 are illustrated inFigures 16 to 33 ; a first atFigures 16-19 , a second atFigures 20-30 , and a third atFigures 31-33 . Thetreatment chamber 210 illustrated inFigures 20-22 and26-30 is capable of only accommodating oneelectrode holder 280. Thetreatment chamber 210 illustrated inFigures 16-19 is capable of accommodating 10electrode holders 280, and thetreatment chamber 210 illustrated inFigures 31-33 is capable of accommodating 16electrode holders 280. Theelectrode holders 280 illustrated inFigures 16 and 17 and31-33 are each capable of holding 10electrodes 240, whereas theelectrode holder 280 illustrated inFigures 20-25 ,29 and 30 is capable of holding 13electrodes 240. Thetreatment chamber 210,defoaming chamber 250 andelectrode holders 280 in thetreatment system 200 illustrated inFigures 11-15 is of similar design to those inFigures 16-33 . However, in thetreatment system 200 ofFigures 11-15 , thetreatment chamber 210 is capable of accommodating 400 electrodes (which equates to between 30 and 40 electrode holders 280) or thetreatment chamber 210 is capable of accommodating 160 electrodes (equating to 16 electrode holders 280). In one embodiment, thetreatment chamber 210,defoaming chamber 250 andelectrode holders 280 in thetreatment system 200 illustrated inFigures 11-15 is thetreatment chamber 210,defoaming chamber 250 andelectrode holders 280 illustrated inFigures 31-33 . Context permitting, theapparatus 201 ofFigures 11 to 33 may be used in the same manner, and for the same liquids, as for description above forFigures 1-10 . - The
treatment chamber 210 in theapparatus 201 ofFigures 11-15 and31-33 is about 500 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 14 L/second. The residence time of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 210 in theapparatus 201 ofFigures 11-15 and31-33 is typically about 30 s. - The
treatment chamber 210 inFigures 18 and 19 is about 220 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 5 L/second. The residence time of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 11-15 is typically about 30 s. - The
treatment chamber 210 inFigures 20-22 and27-30 is about 1 L, and can accept a liquid flow rate of about 2 L/minute. The residence time of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 20-22 and27-30 is typically about 30 s. - The
apparatuses 201 illustrated inFigures 11-30 are configured to operate at atmospheric temperature and pressure. Theapparatus 201 illustrated inFigures 31-33 may be configured to operate at atmospheric temperature and pressure, or at reduced or elevated pressures (by applying suction or pressure atports 218 and 258). - In the examples of
Figures 11-33 , theapparatus 201 is configured so that the liquid rises (or ascends) as it passes through thetreatment chamber 210. As illustrated inFigures 18-22 and27-33 , thetreatment chamber 210 includes a base 212 (or first wall), and fourside walls 216. - In
Figures 18-22 and27-30 the treatment chamber does not include a second wall (or lid), although a lid may be formed by the handle(s) of the electrode holders 280 (seeFigures 20 and 21 for example). However, inFigures 31-33 thetreatment chamber 210 anddefoaming chamber 250 include alid lids ports ports - The
treatment chambers 210 inFigures 18-33 are generally of substantially rectangular (or square) cross section. Eachside wall 216 is planar. However, thebases 212 include a trough or channel and are substantially V-shaped. - The
treatment chambers 210 include adisperser 222, and thedisperser 222 includes a tube with oneliquid entry point 224 and a plurality ofinlets 220. Thedisperser 222 illustrated in theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 20-33 is a tube perforated along its length to provide a plurality ofinlets 220 into the treatment chamber 210 (seeFigures 21 and33 in particular). Asimilar disperser 222 is used in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 18 and 19 . Thedisperser 222 is positioned within the trough or channel in thebase 212. - The
apparatuses 201 further include aflow aligner 290. Theflow aligner 290 is connected to the electrode holders 280 (seeFigures 16, 17 ,23-24 ,32 and33 ). Theflow aligner 290 is in the form of a wall or partition defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid. In use, liquid flows (or is pumped) through theinlets 220 into the lower portion of thetreatment chamber 210. The rate at which the liquid flows through theinlets 220 is set so that the liquid pressure on the side of theflow aligner 290 proximate to the at least one inlet is greater than the liquid pressure on the side of theflow aligner 290 proximate to theelectrodes 240. The inventors have advantageously found that the combination of the pressure differential across theflow aligner 290 and the consistently spaced and sized apertures across theflow aligner 290 provides an even flow of liquid between theelectrodes 240, minimising so-called "dead spots" in between theelectrodes 240. - The
flow aligner 290 in theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 11-19 and31-33 is segmented (with one segment per electrode holder 280). When theelectrode holders 280 are in position in thetreatment chamber 210, eachflow aligner 290 segment is in close proximity with the adjoining segment, so that theelectrode holders 280 collectively form theflow aligner 290. - The
flow aligner 290 inFigures 16, 17 and31-33 have polygonal (hexagonal) apertures, and theflow aligner 290 inFigures 20 to 25 ,29 and 30 have ovoid apertures. - The
apparatus 201 may be configured to electrochemically treat the liquid in the presence of at least one treatment enhancer or at least one treatment agent. The at least one treatment enhancer is capable of penetrating a solid wall of the treatment chamber, and consequently the at least one treatment enhancer (such as ultraviolet radiation, microwave radiation or ultrasonic waves) may be applied to aside wall 216 of thetreatment chamber 210. The at least one treatment agent may enter thetreatment chamber 210 through at least one treatment inlet, such as through a gas inlet 260 (seeFigure 19 ). Thegas inlets 260 may be part of a gas disperser, which may be integral with thebase 212 of thetreatment chamber 210. The types and function of such gases may be as previously described. Alternatively, the at least one treatment inlet may be mixed with the liquid to be treated before the liquid enters thetreatment chamber 210. As illustrated inFigure 11 , in the illustratedsystem 200 thedosing tank 304 may include a treatment agent which is mixed with the liquid inbalance tank 302 before the liquid enters the treatment chamber. Also, at least one treatment agent may be added to the liquid entering thestorage tank 314 after electrochemical treatment fromdosing tank 304. Furthermore, inFigure 11 at least one treatment agent (in the form of a pH modifier (an acid)) may be added to thetreatment chamber 210 during the electrochemical treatment fromacid tank 305. - The
treatment chamber 210 also includes at least oneoutlet 230 for exit of electrochemically treated liquid. In theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 18-22 and27-33 the at least oneoutlet 230 is one outlet. As shown inFigures 18, 19 ,21 and32 , in theseapparatuses 201 theoutlet 230 is positioned so that theelectrodes 240 are configured to be positioned intermediate the at least oneinlet 220, and the at least oneoutlet 230, and the at least oneinlet 220 is positioned in a lower portion of thetreatment chamber 210 and the at least oneoutlet 230 is positioned in an upper portion of thetreatment chamber 230. - In the
apparatuses 201 ofFigures 18-22 and27-33 the at least oneoutlet 230 is in the form of a weir or spillway. Theoutlet 230 is positioned at the intended height of liquid in thetreatment chamber 210. In theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 18-22 and27-33 , after exiting thetreatment chamber 210 atoutlet 230, the liquid passes to adefoaming chamber 250. - In the
apparatus 201 ofFigures 18 and 19 , theoutlet 230 is in association with aflow diverter 232 in thedefoaming chamber 250 over which the electrochemically treated liquid (and floc) flows as it exits thetreatment chamber 210. InFigures 18 and 19 , theflow diverter 232 extends the weir or spillway formed by theoutlet 230. Theflow diverter 232 is intended to divert the flow of electrochemically treated liquid to thereby increase the liberation of gas from the liquid. As illustrated inFigure 18 thedefoaming chamber 250 may include at least onedefoamer 252. Thedefoamer 252 may include one or more nozzles for spraying liquid onto the foam. The sprayed liquid is intended to penetrate the foam bubbles to thereby release the gas trapped in the foam. The liquid exits thedefoaming chamber 250 through anoutlet 254 at the base of thechamber 250. - In the
apparatus 201 ofFigures 20-22 and27-30 , thedefoaming chamber 250 does not include adefoamer 252. After flowing throughoutlet 230, the liquid descends throughdefoaming chamber 250 and then through anoutlet 254 at the base of thechamber 250. - In the
apparatus 201 ofFigures 31-33 , thedefoaming chamber 250 includes afirst flow diverter 234 and asecond flow diverter 236. Thefirst flow diverter 234 provides a weir inside thedefoaming chamber 250. Thesecond flow diverter 236 provides an underflow weir (under which fluid passes when flowing through the defoaming chamber 250). The bottom of thesecond flow diverter 236 extends below than the top of thefirst flow diverter 234. Both the first andsecond flow diverters Figure 32 , electrochemically treated fluid exits thetreatment chamber 210 throughoutlet 230. The fluid then falls into the space between thesecond flow diverter 236 and theoutlet 230, and in use fluid fills this space to at least the height of thefirst flow diverter 234. As foam floats, the foam is trapped in this space, and the fluid falling into this space overoutlet 230 penetrates the foam to thereby release trapped gas. Meanwhile, defoamed fluid passes beneath thesecond flow diverter 236 and then over thefirst flow diverter 234 before exiting thedefoaming chamber 250 throughoutlet 254. - In
Figures 11 and12 , after exiting thedefoaming chamber 250 the liquid flows to a vessel for separation of the floc from the liquid (clarifier 306). A floc mover 80 (as described above) may be used with the vessel (or clarifier 306) to assist in separating the floc. - In the apparatuses of
Figures 11-33 , theelectrodes 240 are added or removed from thetreatment chamber 210 viaelectrode holders 280. In theapparatus 201 ofFigures 18 and 19 thetreatment chamber 210 includesgrooves 270 for slideable engagement of theelectrode holder 280 in thetreatment chamber 210. However, in theapparatus 201 ofFigures 31-33 nosuch grooves 270 are present. In theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 18-22 and27-33 thetreatment chamber 210 also includes ashelf 276 upon which theelectrode holders 280 rest when in position. - Within each
electrode holder 280 only two or threeelectrodes 240 may be connected to power (and thereby become anodes and cathodes). The remaining electrodes may all be electrical conductors. In eachelectrode holder 280 eachelectrode 240 is substantially planar and is of solid construction. Theelectrodes 240 may have a tapered lower edge, as previously described. Theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 11-33 are configured so that theelectrodes 240 are positionable below the level of the liquid in thetreatment chamber 210. Theapparatuses 201 ofFigures 11-33 are configured so that theelectrodes 240 are positioned substantially vertically (substantially in a plane perpendicular to the first wall 212) within the treatment chamber 210 (although it may also be advantageous to position the electrodes 240 (or a portion of the electrodes) at an angle as previously described). - As illustrated in
Figures 16, 17 ,23-25 and33 , theelectrode holder 280 includes aframe 281, and theframe 281 includes ahandle 282 and twoside walls 284. Theframe 281 is substantially "U" shaped. The frame also includes a flow aligner 290 (or a segment thereof). - The
treatment chamber 210 ofFigures 13-15 ,18 ,19 ,20-22 , and29-33 further includes at least onepower connector 272 for connecting power to anelectrode holder 280 or to at least oneelectrode 240 held by theelectrode holder 280. In thetreatment chamber 210 exemplified inFigures 18 and 19 , thetreatment chamber 210 includes a power connector for eachelectrode holder 280, and the power connectors extend from thebase 212 of the treatment chamber 210 (not shown in the Figures). In this example, theelectrode holder 280 includes an electrode holder power connector extending towards thebase 212 of thetreatment chamber 210. The treatment chamber power connector and electrode holder power connector may be configured for mating arrangement with each other. The power connectors may be made of any suitable material, but in this example may be made of bronze. In theelectrode holder 280 ofFigures 16 and 17 , the power flows from the power connector up the side wall(s) 284 of theelectrode holder 280 and then to selectedelectrodes 240. - A different mechanism for connecting power to the
electrodes 240 is illustrated in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 20-22 and26-30 . InFigures 20-22 and26-30 , thetreatment chamber 210 is configured to supply power longitudinally along the working face of at least oneelectrode 240. In this example, thepower connector 272 is adapted to contact the working face of at least oneelectrode 240. Thepower connector 272 includes a corrugated spring steel strip. In this example, thepower connector 272 also traverses the wall of thetreatment chamber 210 to provide atab 274 for connection to a power source. A similar arrangement may be used with a plurality of electrode holders 280 (such as in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 11-15 ), as in this case eachpower connector 272 may be positioned intermediate to the working face of aterminal electrode 240 held by twoelectrode holders 280. The crests (and troughs) of thepower connector 272 may be positioned so that the crests of thepower connector 272 contact oneterminal electrode 240, and the troughs of thepower connector 272 contact the otherterminal electrode 240. - A similar mechanism for connecting power to the
electrodes 240 is illustrated in thetreatment chamber 210 ofFigures 31-33 . InFigures 31-33 thetreatment chamber 210 is also configured to supply power longitudinally along the working face of at least oneelectrode 240. However, while thepower connector 272 illustrated inFigures 20-22 and27-30 includes one corrugated spring steel strip perelectrode 240, inFigures 31-33 thepower connector 272 includes two corrugated spring steel strips per electrode 240 (seeFigure 33 ). Thetreatment chamber 210 in theapparatus 201 ofFigures 31-33 includes fourpower connectors 272, and each power connector provides power to only oneelectrode 240. - In
Figures 16, 17 ,20-25 and29-33 , theelectrodes 240 are, on average, 3 mm thick and 3 mm apart. However, alternative thicknesses and distances may also be used in theapparatus 201. - In the
apparatus 201 ofFigures 20-22 and26-30 two of the 13 electrodes 240 (or about 15% of the electrodes 240) are connected to power. The remaining nineelectrodes 240 are all electrical conductors. - In the
apparatus 201 ofFigures 31-33 , four of the 160 electrodes 240 (or about 2.5% of the electrodes 240) are connected to power. The remaining 156electrodes 240 are all electrical conductors. - The
treatment chamber 210 inFigures 31-33 also includes a divider wall (or plate) 217 positionable between theelectrode holders 280. Theelectrode holders 280 inFigures 31 and33 also include an electrode holder remover 283 (in the form of a cable loop or string) to assist in removing theelectrode holder 280 from thetreatment chamber 210. - As illustrated in
Figures 13-15 , theapparatus 201 may further include aliquid pump 324 for pumping liquid to be treated through the at least one inlet for entry of a liquid to be treated, and afurther pump 324 for pumping liquid from the defoaming chamber 250 (seeFigure 13 ). InFigure 13 , 326 is a treated water outlet (DN80), 328 is a fresh water inlet (DN25), 330 is a clean in place connection (DN25), 332 is a drain outlet (DN25) and 334 is a raw water inlet (DN80). The power supply to theapparatus 201 ofFigures 13-15 is 415 V, 50 Hz and 150 A. - The
apparatus 201 ofFigures 11-15 further includes sensors for sensing the level of liquid in thetreatment chamber 210, and avariable speed pump 324 to control the flow rate of liquid exiting thetreatment chamber 210. The sensors andvariable speed pump 324 may form part of a system for regulating the electrochemical treatment, which may be controlled by controller (PLC) 307. Thecontroller 307 may control the polarity of the current and its reversal to thereby switch theelectrodes 240 between anodes and cathodes. Thecontroller 307 may also control the sinewave ramping angles during the electrochemical treatment, and/or modify the rate of current application to theelectrodes 240 during the electrochemical treatment. Similar components may be used in theapparatuses 201 discussed inFigures 18-33 . - Any suitable current may be applied to the
electrodes 240 during the electrochemical treatment, however the voltage applied to eachelectrode holder 280 in thetreatment chamber 210 inFigures 11-33 is typically between about 20 and 45 V, especially about 26 V or about 40 V. The effective voltage to each cell is typically around 2-3 V, especially about 2.6 V or about 3 V. For theapparatus 201 ofFigures 31-33 , the total voltage applied to thetreatment chamber 210 may be about 415 V, resulting in an effective voltage to each cell (given there are 160 electrodes 240) of about 2.6 V. - In use, liquid is pumped into the
treatment chamber 210 via the at least oneinlet 220, and liquid pressure builds beneathflow aligner 290. Liquid passes through theflow aligner 290 and between theelectrodes 240 where the liquid is electrochemically treated and floc is generated. The floc and electrochemically treated liquid then flow to the upper portion of thetreatment chamber 210, and gas bubbles (fromgas inlets 260, for example) may assist in driving the floc and electrochemically treated liquid vertically. The floc and electrochemically treated liquid then pass through the at least oneoutlet 230 and into thedefoaming chamber 250, over/around flow diverter(s) 232 and optionally pastdefoamers 252. This process leads to defoaming of the floc/electrochemically treated liquid. The floc/electrochemically treated liquid then flows out theoutlet 254 in thedefoaming chamber 250 and then to a vessel for separation of the floc (e.g. clarifier 306). - The
apparatus Figures 1 to 33 ) provides several advantages. These, for example, may include: - Reduced passivation or surface fouling of the
electrodes - Even dispersal of liquid relative to the
electrodes treatment chamber electrodes - Minimisation of so-called "dead-spots" within the
treatment chamber - The liquid substantially rises as it passes through the
treatment chamber treatment chamber - The presence of an oxidant or reductant (or other treatment agent) within the
treatment chamber treatment chamber - The floc mover 80 (especially floc skimmer) may assist in providing a horizontal flow for the liquid at the top 14 of the treatment chamber 10 (or top of a vessel (such as a clarifier) in which floc is separated) to thereby assist in removing floe;
- The
angled electrodes 40 may provide a number of advantages including: (i) preventing passivation (build-up of floc) on theelectrodes 40; (ii) applying a horizontal movement to the liquid as it travels through thetreatment chamber 10, which may assist in directing the liquid to theliquid outlet 34 and floc to thefloc outlet 32; (iii) assisting in agglomerating floc. However, theelectrodes - Substantially all floc may be able to efficiently exit the
treatment chamber 10 via thefloc outlet 32, where it may be separated from the liquid; -
Electrodes anode 44 in particular may corrode during electrochemical treatment); - Even dispersal of gas relative to the
electrodes treatment chamber electrodes electrodes cathode 42; and (iii) floc is more likely to be pushed to the top 14 of thetreatment chamber - An
electrode holder electrodes apparatus - The use of a separate vessel for separation of floc (such as
clarifier 306 as inFigures 11-12 ) may be advantageous when processing large volumes of liquid; - The use of a
flow aligner 290 and a pressure differential across theflow aligner 290 may assist in providing an even flow of liquid between theelectrodes 240; - An angled
first wall 212 of the treatment chamber, together with a disperser (such as 222) may assist in directing the flow of the liquid towards the electrodes 280); - The use of at least one treatment agent and/or at least one treatment enhancer during, before or after the electrochemical treatment may assist in purifying the fluid. The use of increased pressure may also assist in purifying the fluid (e.g. by facilitating decomposition of contaminants); and
- The use of
defoamers 252 and/or adefoaming chamber 250 may assist in separating the floc from the liquid (by allowing entrained gases to escape which could otherwise be problematic for pumps). - The above advantages when considered individually or collectively provide an apparatus with improved efficiency for electrochemical processes (especially electrocoagulation processes). This may include one or more of: improved removal of contaminants, enhanced oxidation or reduction processes, reduced down-time for maintenance, reduced power consumption and higher through-put of a liquid being treated compared to prior art processes. For the avoidance of doubt, this does not mean that other features of the present invention do not also provide improved efficiency of electrochemical processes.
- Reference throughout this specification to 'one embodiment' or 'an embodiment' means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the appearance of the phrases 'in one embodiment' or 'in an embodiment' in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more combinations.
Claims (15)
- An electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus (201) including:a treatment chamber (210) containing at least one inlet (220) for entry of a liquid to be treated, and including at least one outlet (230) for exit of electrochemically treated liquid;at least one electrode holder (280) holding a plurality of electrodes (240), wherein said plurality of electrodes (240) are positioned within the treatment chamber (210) for electrochemical treatment of the liquid, and wherein the at least one electrode holder (280) holding a plurality of electrodes (240) is configured to slideably engage with the treatment chamber (210); anda flow aligner (290) for aligning the flow of the liquid between the electrodes (240) and substantially along the same longitudinal axis as the electrodes (240), wherein the flow aligner (290) is positioned intermediate the at least one inlet (220) and the plurality of electrodes (240), and wherein the flow aligner (290) is a wall defining a plurality of apertures for passage of the liquid;wherein the treatment chamber (210) includes at least one power connector (272) for connecting power to at least one electrode (240) held by the at least one electrode holder (280); wherein the power connector (272) includes a biasing mechanism which is configured for biasing the power connector (272) against said at least one electrode (240).
- The apparatus (201) of claim 1, wherein the wall is configured to provide a greater liquid pressure on the side of the wall proximate to the at least one inlet (220) than on the side of the wall proximate to the electrodes (240) when the apparatus (201) is in use.
- The apparatus (201) of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the at least one electrode holder (280) holding a plurality of electrodes (240) is configured to slideably engage with the treatment chamber (210) by friction.
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the power connector (272) biasing mechanism is provided by a corrugated spring steel strip.
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the at least one electrode holder (280) includes the flow aligner (290).
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the apparatus (201) includes a plurality of electrode holders (280) and each said electrode holder (280) includes a segment of the flow aligner (290).
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the treatment chamber (210) includes a liquid disperser (222) for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber (210), wherein said liquid disperser (222) includes a plurality of inlets (220) within the treatment chamber (210) for entry of a liquid to be treated.
- The apparatus (201) of claim 7, wherein the liquid disperser (222) is a tube perforated along its length to provide said plurality of inlets (220).
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the treatment chamber (210) has a first wall (212) and one or more side walls (216), wherein the first wall (212) is distal to the electrodes (240) and proximate to the at least one inlet (220), and wherein the first wall (212) has an inner surface configured to direct the flow of liquid towards the electrodes (240).
- The apparatus (201) of claim 9, wherein the inner surface of the first wall (212) includes at least one channel which narrows to its base.
- The apparatus (201) of claim 10, wherein the treatment chamber (210) includes at least one liquid disperser (222) for dispersing the liquid to be treated into the treatment chamber (210), wherein said liquid disperser (222) includes a plurality of inlets (220) within the treatment chamber (210) for entry of a liquid to be treated, and wherein within each said at least one channel is positioned one said liquid disperser (222).
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the apparatus (201) further includes a defoaming chamber (250) including one or more nozzles for spraying liquid onto foam produced from the electrochemical treatment.
- The apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the apparatus (201) is configured for a liquid flow rate of at least 10 litres per second.
- A method of electrochemically treating a liquid, the method including the steps of:- introducing a liquid to be treated into the apparatus (201) of any one of claims 1 to 13;- applying a voltage to at least two of said plurality of electrodes (240) to provide at least one cathode and at least one anode to thereby electrochemically treat the liquid; and- removing electrochemically treated liquid from the apparatus (201).
- The method of claim 14, further including the step of introducing a treatment agent into the apparatus (201).
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU2014901949A AU2014901949A0 (en) | 2014-05-23 | Electrolytic liquid treatment apparatus | |
AU2015900125A AU2015900125A0 (en) | 2015-01-16 | Electrochemical Treatment Methods | |
AU2015901496A AU2015901496A0 (en) | 2015-04-27 | Electrochemical Treatment Methods | |
AU2015901497A AU2015901497A0 (en) | 2015-04-27 | Electrochemical Liquid Treatment Apparatus | |
PCT/AU2015/050268 WO2015176136A1 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2015-05-22 | Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP3145876A1 EP3145876A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 |
EP3145876A4 EP3145876A4 (en) | 2018-02-21 |
EP3145876B1 true EP3145876B1 (en) | 2021-09-08 |
Family
ID=54553118
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP15796830.6A Active EP3145876B1 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2015-05-22 | Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus |
EP15796509.6A Active EP3145875B1 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2015-05-22 | Electrochemical treatment method |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP15796509.6A Active EP3145875B1 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2015-05-22 | Electrochemical treatment method |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US10850994B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3145876B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN106660836B (en) |
AU (3) | AU2015263768B2 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2949861C (en) |
CL (2) | CL2016002998A1 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2015176137A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201608850B (en) |
Families Citing this family (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10710917B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2020-07-14 | Unlimited Water Solutions Llc | System and methods for water treatment |
FI128729B (en) | 2015-12-22 | 2020-11-13 | Outotec Finland Oy | Electrode module, electrochemical reactor, and water treatment apparatus |
CN105819560A (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2016-08-03 | 中国科学院生态环境研究中心 | Peroxysulphate enhanced photoelectrocatalytic oxidation heavy metal complex and method for recovering heavy metal |
AU2019201161B2 (en) * | 2016-07-19 | 2020-10-08 | EnviroGold Global Pty Ltd | Improved Process |
BR112019000863A2 (en) * | 2016-07-19 | 2019-04-30 | Hydrus Tech Pty Ltd | improved process |
US20180119328A1 (en) * | 2016-10-30 | 2018-05-03 | Whirlpool Corporation | Dispenser for a laundry treating household appliance having a float diverter |
JP6877004B2 (en) * | 2016-12-27 | 2021-05-26 | 学校法人法政大学 | Particle coagulation separation device and particle coagulation separation method |
WO2018144037A1 (en) * | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-09 | Vme Process, Inc. | Systems and methods for crude oil desalting and dehydration in a single vessel |
CN110418769A (en) * | 2017-03-16 | 2019-11-05 | 阿莫绿色技术有限公司 | Coagulation acquisition means |
CN107162120B (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2020-12-22 | 包头稀土研究院 | Purification and utilization method of rare earth carbonate precipitation wastewater |
US11407661B2 (en) * | 2017-07-17 | 2022-08-09 | Watkins Manufacturing Corporation | Chlorine generator system |
CN107640807A (en) * | 2017-09-19 | 2018-01-30 | 浙江树人学院(浙江树人大学) | A kind of pretreatment of citrus can production waste water and the method for reclaiming pectin simultaneously |
WO2019070877A1 (en) * | 2017-10-05 | 2019-04-11 | Electrosea Llc | Electrolytic biocide generating system for use on-board a watercraft |
US20190161875A1 (en) * | 2017-11-27 | 2019-05-30 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. | Electrolytic reactor comprising a cathode and an anode |
US11518692B2 (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2022-12-06 | Curt Johnson | Electrocoagulation system |
FR3081860B1 (en) * | 2018-06-01 | 2022-07-08 | Orege | TREATMENT METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DEHYDRATION OF ORGANIC SLUDGE |
CN108751536B (en) * | 2018-07-04 | 2021-05-04 | 南京大学 | Resin and electrochemistry integrated wastewater advanced treatment device for removing nitrate nitrogen |
WO2020016837A1 (en) * | 2018-07-20 | 2020-01-23 | Rajeev Saikia | Apparatus/system for electrolytic treatment of water |
CN109593550A (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2019-04-09 | 山东鸿创电力工程发展有限公司 | A kind of petroleum glue solution technique |
WO2020167645A1 (en) | 2019-02-11 | 2020-08-20 | ElectroSea, LLC | Self-treating electrolytic biocide generating system with retro-fitting features for use on-board a watercraft |
CN109824124A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2019-05-31 | 江苏京源环保股份有限公司 | A kind of electroplating wastewater processing electrocatalysis oxidation apparatus |
KR102162308B1 (en) | 2019-09-25 | 2020-10-06 | 한국산업기술시험원 | Water treatment apparatus using lamella structure |
US11608280B2 (en) * | 2019-10-22 | 2023-03-21 | Ennopure, Inc. | Electrical water filter device |
WO2021211231A2 (en) * | 2020-03-10 | 2021-10-21 | Gradiant Corporation | Carbon-coated, transition-metal electrodes for advanced oxidation reactors |
WO2021226654A1 (en) * | 2020-05-12 | 2021-11-18 | Microheat Technologies Pty Ltd | System and method for electrochemical disinfection |
CN112603229B (en) * | 2020-11-25 | 2022-12-13 | 佛山市顺德区美的洗涤电器制造有限公司 | Device for dish washing machine and dish washing machine |
US11291183B1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-04-05 | Green Life Llc | Pet hydration system |
CN115784384A (en) * | 2023-01-06 | 2023-03-14 | 四川大学 | Medical sewage treatment device and method |
CN118183983B (en) * | 2024-04-28 | 2024-09-24 | 重庆大学 | Method for removing pollutants in water by continuous flow multipath activation of peracetic acid |
Family Cites Families (108)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2931412A (en) * | 1954-10-14 | 1960-04-05 | Luman B Wing | Corrugated spring steel bushing |
US3728245A (en) | 1971-01-13 | 1973-04-17 | Cole Res Corp | Apparatus for treating sewage |
US3925176A (en) | 1973-10-10 | 1975-12-09 | Adolph P Okert | Apparatus and method for electrolytic sewage treatment |
US4293400A (en) | 1980-02-01 | 1981-10-06 | Liggett James J | Electrolytic treatment of water |
US4732661A (en) * | 1985-10-24 | 1988-03-22 | Mercer International, Inc. | Electrolytic purification system |
US4872959A (en) | 1987-07-17 | 1989-10-10 | Cleanup & Recovery Corp. (Cure) | Electrolytic treatment of liquids |
US5043050A (en) | 1990-08-20 | 1991-08-27 | Herbst Robert J | Electrolytic treatment apparatus |
USD331105S (en) | 1990-10-10 | 1992-11-17 | Shenandoah Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Combined guiding support and air swirl inducing unit for a burner nozzle and electrode subassembly unit of a waste oil burner |
US5372690A (en) | 1992-05-13 | 1994-12-13 | Recra Environmental, Inc. | Apparatus for removing contaminants from an aqueous medium |
US5302273A (en) | 1993-02-08 | 1994-04-12 | Kemmerer Terry L | Induced ionic reaction device with radial flow |
FR2707282B1 (en) | 1993-07-06 | 1995-08-18 | Electricite De France | Electrocoagulation cell for electrolytic wastewater treatment device. |
AUPM498394A0 (en) | 1994-04-12 | 1994-05-05 | Berrett Pty Ltd | Electrolytic water treatment |
US5611907A (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1997-03-18 | Global Water Industries, Inc. | Electrolytic treatment device and method for using same |
US5423962A (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1995-06-13 | Herbst; Robert | Electrolytic treatment apparatus |
US5425858A (en) | 1994-05-20 | 1995-06-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for capacitive deionization, electrochemical purification, and regeneration of electrodes |
DE4443297C1 (en) | 1994-12-06 | 1996-03-07 | Hdw Nobiskrug Gmbh | Emulsion splitting by electro:coagulation, flotation and decanting |
US5958213A (en) | 1996-09-18 | 1999-09-28 | Konica Corporation | Water treatment method and apparatus for water containing oil droplets |
WO1998017589A1 (en) | 1996-10-23 | 1998-04-30 | Knieper Louis H | Electrochemical treatment of effluent water |
US7758742B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2010-07-20 | Scott Wade Powell | Method and apparatus for separation of water from petroleum products in an electrocoagulation process |
US8048279B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2011-11-01 | Scott Wade Powell | Method and apparatus for electrocoagulation of liquids |
IL137892A (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2004-06-20 | Scott Wade Powell | Method and apparatus for electrocoagulation of liquids |
US7211185B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2007-05-01 | Scott Wade Powell | Method and apparatus for electrocoagulation of liquids |
GB9822958D0 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 1998-12-16 | Adept Technologies As | Reactor for treating liquids |
US6689271B2 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2004-02-10 | Kaspar Wire Works, Inc. | Process and apparatus for electrocoagulative treatment of industrial waste water |
US20040079650A1 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2004-04-29 | Morkovsky Paul E. | Electrocoagulation reactor |
AU784188B2 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2006-02-16 | Scott Wade Powell | Method and apparatus for electrocoagulation of liquids |
US6613217B1 (en) | 1999-04-29 | 2003-09-02 | F. William Gilmore | Electrocoagulation chamber and method |
JP2001162259A (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2001-06-19 | Nippon Medical Society:Kk | Method and equipment for removing dioxin |
WO2001048181A2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2001-07-05 | Dornier Medizintechnik Gmbh | Device for transferring molecules in cells |
US6346197B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-02-12 | Mckay Creek Technologies Ltd. | Water and wastewater treatment system and process for contaminant removal |
US6962662B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2005-11-08 | Stephen Ray Wurzburger | Process for treating lightly contaminated acid mine water |
US6780292B2 (en) | 2001-04-11 | 2004-08-24 | Raintech International, Inc. | Electrolytic treatment apparatus having replaceable and interchangeable electrode reactor cartridges therefor |
DE10138625A1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2003-03-06 | Sasserath & Co Kg H | Device for electrophysical water treatment |
US6866757B2 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2005-03-15 | F. William Gilmore | Electrocoagulation reaction chamber and method |
US7252752B2 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2007-08-07 | Herbert William Holland | Method and apparatus for removing contaminants from conduits and fluid columns |
US6746593B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2004-06-08 | Robert J. Herbst | High volume electrolytic water treatment system and process for treating wastewater |
AU2002952743A0 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2002-12-05 | Waterpower Systems Pty Ltd | Electrocoagulation system |
WO2004079840A2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2004-09-16 | Evat, Inc. | Three-dimensional flow-through electrode and electrochemical cell |
US7682492B2 (en) | 2003-04-02 | 2010-03-23 | New Earth Systems, Inc. | Electrocoagulation system |
US6972077B2 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2005-12-06 | Tipton Gary A | Cells and electrodes for electrocoagulation treatment of wastewater |
JP2005081169A (en) | 2003-09-04 | 2005-03-31 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Water treatment apparatus |
FR2860784B1 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2007-12-07 | Cooperative Agricole Des Perri | PROCESS FOR THE CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF A LIQUID MEDIUM CHARGED WITH NITRATE, DEVICE FOR TREATING SUCH A LIQUID MEDIUM AND. |
US7862700B2 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2011-01-04 | Siemens Water Technologies Holding Corp. | Water treatment system and method |
US7258800B1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2007-08-21 | Herbst Robert J | Electrocoagulation waste water batch tank treatment system |
US7563939B2 (en) | 2005-12-14 | 2009-07-21 | Mark Slater Denton | Method for treating radioactive waste water |
US7396461B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2008-07-08 | Filtrex Holdings Pte, Ltd. | Filter cartridge for gravity-fed water treatment device |
GB2440139A (en) | 2006-07-20 | 2008-01-23 | John Bostock | Electrocoagulation unit for the removal of contaminants from a fluid |
SG139599A1 (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-29 | Singapore Tech Dynamics Pte | Method and apparatus for treating water or wastewater or the like |
US7998225B2 (en) | 2007-02-22 | 2011-08-16 | Powell Scott W | Methods of purifying biodiesel fuels |
US8999173B2 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2015-04-07 | Global Water Holdings, Llc | Aqueous treatment apparatus utilizing precursor materials and ultrasonics to generate customized oxidation-reduction-reactant chemistry environments in electrochemical cells and/or similar devices |
US7699988B2 (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2010-04-20 | Ecosphere Technologies, Inc. | Enhanced water treatment for reclamation of waste fluids and increased efficiency treatment of potable waters |
WO2009032455A1 (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2009-03-12 | Ecosphere Technologies, Inc. | Enhanced water treatment for reclamation of waste fluids and increased efficiency treatment of potable waters |
US7537460B2 (en) | 2007-09-06 | 2009-05-26 | Tyco Electronics Corporation | Electrical connector with a contact having at least two conductive paths |
US8157972B2 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2012-04-17 | Oxygenator Water Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for improved electrolytic water treatment process |
US8460520B2 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2013-06-11 | David Rigby | Electrochemical system and method for the treatment of water and wastewater |
ES1069094Y (en) * | 2008-10-23 | 2009-05-01 | Benito Jose Felix Duffau | EQUIPMENT FOR WATER TREATMENT BY ELECTROCHEMICAL ACTIVATION USING THE WATER ELECTROLYSIS TECHNIQUE |
US7981293B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2011-07-19 | Scott W. Powell | Method and apparatus for treatment of contaminated liquid |
US7981301B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2011-07-19 | Scott W. Powell | Method and apparatus for treatment of contaminated liquid |
CA2752707C (en) | 2009-02-17 | 2014-01-07 | Mcalister Technologies, Llc | Apparatus and method for controlling nucleation during electrolysis |
US8945357B2 (en) | 2009-02-24 | 2015-02-03 | Boydel Wastewater Technologies Inc. | Wastewater treatment apparatus |
US9034805B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2015-05-19 | Kroff Chemical Company | Fluid treatment systems, compositions and methods for metal ion stabilization in aqueous solutions |
CN102803149A (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2012-11-28 | 阿奎泰克水净化系统有限公司 | Water treatment method and system |
IN2012DN00579A (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2015-06-12 | Proterrgo Inc | |
US20110108438A1 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2011-05-12 | Tretheway James A | Electrochemical Liquid Treatment System Using Dose Control |
US8557091B2 (en) * | 2009-10-27 | 2013-10-15 | Globalsep Corporation | Electrolytic reactor |
WO2011053916A1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | Neohydro Corporation | Water purification systems and methods |
CA2698880A1 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2011-10-01 | Sean Frisky | Method and apparatus for electrocoagulation |
AU2011202095A1 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-24 | Icf Pty Ltd | A Continuous Flow Electroflocculation Water Treatment System |
US20130112571A1 (en) * | 2010-06-14 | 2013-05-09 | Hocl Inc. | Electrolytic apparatus and method for producing slightly acidic electrolyzed water |
US20110312222A1 (en) | 2010-06-16 | 2011-12-22 | Tanaka Yokichi J | Multi-electrode holders |
US8894864B2 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2014-11-25 | Evoqua Water Technologies Llc | Controlled method of minimizing radioactive sludge generation in post stimulation flowback and/or produced water treatment from a saltwater, oil and/or gas well |
US9085745B2 (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2015-07-21 | Originoil, Inc. | Systems and methods for extracting non-polar lipids from an aqueous algae slurry and lipids produced therefrom |
GB2484699B (en) | 2010-10-20 | 2017-05-24 | Aguacure Ltd | A method for electrochemical treatment of a liquid |
WO2012053736A2 (en) * | 2010-10-22 | 2012-04-26 | Kim Tae Gyo | Metal ion sterilization device |
CA2760560A1 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2012-06-01 | Premier Tech Technologies Ltee | A self-cleaning electro-reaction unit for wastewater treatment and related process |
AR080632A1 (en) * | 2010-12-10 | 2012-04-25 | Ecoglobalh2O Srl | COMPACT INTEGRAL MODULE FOR THE TREATMENT OF LIQUID AND / OR CLOACAL INDUSTRIAL WASTE AND PROVISION THAT USES IT |
USD675171S1 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2013-01-29 | Tecella Llc | Multi-electrode holder |
GB2487246B (en) | 2011-01-17 | 2016-10-05 | Oceansaver As | Water treatment |
GB2487247B (en) | 2011-01-17 | 2017-04-12 | Oceansaver As | Water treatment |
WO2012142435A2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2012-10-18 | Advanced Diamond Technologies, Inc. | Electrochemical system and method for on-site generation of oxidants at high current density |
CA2942946C (en) | 2011-05-06 | 2020-07-21 | Icf Pty Ltd | Continuous flow electroflocculation water treatment system |
US20120298526A1 (en) * | 2011-05-27 | 2012-11-29 | Atlantis Life Systems Incorporated | Method and apparatus for electrochemical treatment of contaminated water or wastewater |
WO2012166997A2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | Clean Chemistry, Llc | Electrochemical reactor and process |
WO2013048724A1 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-04-04 | 212 Resources | Method of supplying engineered waters for drilling and hydraulic fracturing operations for wells and recapturing minerals and other components from oil and gas production waste waters |
WO2013050058A1 (en) * | 2011-10-03 | 2013-04-11 | Pacific Industrie | Vessel containing an electrode for the electrolysis of water, particularly swimming-pool water |
MX2011010713A (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2012-01-27 | Sadot Bermejo Lajud | Process for treating congenital water. |
NL2007600C2 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2013-04-16 | Voltea Bv | Method of producing an apparatus for removal of ions and apparatus for removal of ions. |
CA2852672C (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2021-07-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | A microfluidic system and method for delivering a payload into a cell by causing perturbations in a cell membrane of the cell |
AU2012244232B2 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2017-06-01 | Hydrus Technology Pty. Ltd. | Portable electronic water disinfection device with replaceable treatment cartridges |
US20130140245A1 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-06 | Neohydro Corp. | Direct contact cell |
US20140027271A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2014-01-30 | E2Metrix Inc. | Electrocoagulation for treating liquids |
US8845906B2 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2014-09-30 | Don E. Henley And Associates, Llc | Process for single system electrocoagulation, magnetic, cavitation and flocculation (EMC/F) treatment of water and wastewater |
US20130180857A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-18 | Tim Heffernan | EcoFloc Advanced Electro-coagulation Liquid Waste Treatment System and Process |
ITMI20120158A1 (en) * | 2012-02-07 | 2013-08-08 | Industrie De Nora Spa | ELECTRODE FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL FILLING OF THE CHEMICAL APPLICATION OF OXYGEN IN INDUSTRIAL WASTE |
GB2500663B (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2017-04-12 | Hydro Ind Ltd | Method and apparatus for treatment of fluids by media assisted electro-based treatment |
CN103359806B (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2016-06-22 | Hlc废水技术公司 | A kind of technique processing waste water by electrochemical apparatus |
US20150191370A1 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2015-07-09 | Jmy Invest Aps | Device for treating a liquid |
DE202012006736U1 (en) * | 2012-07-12 | 2012-10-23 | Norbert Pautz | Apparatus for electrolysis / electrocoagulation for the continuous treatment of process and waste water for the decontamination of ingredients |
US20140076804A1 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2014-03-20 | Damian J. Kruk | Struvite Precipitation Using Magnesium Sacrificial Anode |
US20160376172A1 (en) | 2012-10-25 | 2016-12-29 | John Frederick Ellers | Portable electronic water disinfection device with replaceable treatment cartridges |
US20140151300A1 (en) | 2012-12-05 | 2014-06-05 | Water & Power Technologies, Inc. | Water treatment process for high salinity produced water |
CN108275820A (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2018-07-13 | 水技术国际有限责任公司 | Method for treating water |
TWD156894S (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2013-11-01 | 旭明光電股份有限公司 | LED Chip |
US10358361B2 (en) | 2013-02-22 | 2019-07-23 | Loren L. Losh | System and method for remediation of wastewater including aerobic and electrocoagulation treatment |
US9963362B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-05-08 | Southern Methodist University | Method for electrochemical bromide and/or chloride removal |
US20150053619A1 (en) | 2013-08-21 | 2015-02-26 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Process for Hardness and Boron Removal |
US20140339162A1 (en) | 2013-05-17 | 2014-11-20 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Boron removal from oilfield water |
US9758389B2 (en) * | 2015-03-23 | 2017-09-12 | Eco Squared Solutions, Inc | System for separating contaminants from fluids |
-
2015
- 2015-05-22 CA CA2949861A patent/CA2949861C/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 WO PCT/AU2015/050269 patent/WO2015176137A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-05-22 EP EP15796830.6A patent/EP3145876B1/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 CN CN201580040336.3A patent/CN106660836B/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 US US15/313,461 patent/US10850994B2/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 CA CA2949865A patent/CA2949865C/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 WO PCT/AU2015/050268 patent/WO2015176136A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-05-22 CN CN201580040358.XA patent/CN106573801B/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 AU AU2015263768A patent/AU2015263768B2/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 EP EP15796509.6A patent/EP3145875B1/en active Active
- 2015-05-22 AU AU2015263769A patent/AU2015263769B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-11-23 CL CL2016002998A patent/CL2016002998A1/en unknown
- 2016-11-23 CL CL2016002999A patent/CL2016002999A1/en unknown
- 2016-12-21 ZA ZA2016/08850A patent/ZA201608850B/en unknown
-
2019
- 2019-11-19 AU AU2019268084A patent/AU2019268084A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2015263769A1 (en) | 2017-01-12 |
US10850994B2 (en) | 2020-12-01 |
WO2015176137A1 (en) | 2015-11-26 |
EP3145875B1 (en) | 2021-09-22 |
CN106573801B (en) | 2020-12-15 |
US20170152162A1 (en) | 2017-06-01 |
CN106573801A (en) | 2017-04-19 |
AU2015263768A1 (en) | 2017-01-12 |
CA2949865C (en) | 2023-10-24 |
EP3145876A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 |
AU2015263768B2 (en) | 2020-05-14 |
EP3145875A4 (en) | 2018-03-07 |
AU2019268084A1 (en) | 2019-12-12 |
CN106660836B (en) | 2020-12-15 |
CA2949865A1 (en) | 2015-11-26 |
ZA201608850B (en) | 2019-05-29 |
CN106660836A (en) | 2017-05-10 |
WO2015176136A1 (en) | 2015-11-26 |
AU2015263769B2 (en) | 2020-05-14 |
EP3145875A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 |
CA2949861C (en) | 2023-11-28 |
CL2016002999A1 (en) | 2017-09-29 |
EP3145876A4 (en) | 2018-02-21 |
CL2016002998A1 (en) | 2017-09-29 |
CA2949861A1 (en) | 2015-11-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP3145876B1 (en) | Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus | |
US11046595B2 (en) | Electrochemical treatment methods | |
US11046596B2 (en) | Electrochemical liquid treatment apparatus | |
CA2834902C (en) | Continuous flow electroflocculation water treatment system | |
US9102554B2 (en) | Continuous flow electroflocculation water treatment system | |
US20110155564A1 (en) | System for electrocoagulatively removing contaminants from contaminated water | |
CA2837124A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for electrochemical treatment of contaminated water or wastewater | |
US20220009812A1 (en) | Method of treating a liquid including an organofluorine | |
CN107235580B (en) | Treatment method and equipment for fracturing flowback fluid of oil and gas field drilling well | |
KR100321799B1 (en) | Water processing method and apparatus for the same jointly using electro-coagulation and dissolved air flotation combined | |
US9738552B2 (en) | Process for treating waste water utilizing an agitated liquid and electrically conductive environment and electro chemical cell | |
EP4324796A1 (en) | A flotation column and a system for treatment of wastewater containing said flotation column |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE |
|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20161222 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: BA ME |
|
DAV | Request for validation of the european patent (deleted) | ||
DAX | Request for extension of the european patent (deleted) | ||
A4 | Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched |
Effective date: 20180122 |
|
RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: C02F 1/461 20060101AFI20180116BHEP Ipc: C02F 1/463 20060101ALI20180116BHEP |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20181108 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS |
|
GRAP | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED |
|
INTG | Intention to grant announced |
Effective date: 20210325 |
|
GRAS | Grant fee paid |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3 |
|
GRAA | (expected) grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: B1 Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: EP Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: REF Ref document number: 1428450 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20210915 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R096 Ref document number: 602015073135 Country of ref document: DE |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: LT Ref legal event code: MG9D |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: NL Ref legal event code: MP Effective date: 20210908 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: HR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: RS Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: SE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: NO Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20211208 Ref country code: FI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: ES Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: BG Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20211208 Ref country code: LT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: MK05 Ref document number: 1428450 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20210908 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LV Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: GR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20211209 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: AT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IS Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20220108 Ref country code: SM Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: SK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: RO Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: PT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20220110 Ref country code: PL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: NL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: EE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: CZ Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: AL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R097 Ref document number: 602015073135 Country of ref document: DE |
|
PLBE | No opposition filed within time limit |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
26N | No opposition filed |
Effective date: 20220609 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: SI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: PL |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220531 Ref country code: IT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: CH Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220531 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: MC Payment date: 20221201 Year of fee payment: 8 Ref country code: LU Payment date: 20221130 Year of fee payment: 8 Ref country code: IE Payment date: 20221121 Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: BE Payment date: 20221130 Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220531 Ref country code: CH Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220531 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: CH Payment date: 20230126 Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
PGRI | Patent reinstated in contracting state [announced from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LI Effective date: 20230127 Ref country code: CH Effective date: 20230127 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DE Payment date: 20230516 Year of fee payment: 9 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: PL |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: MC Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230531 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: BE Ref legal event code: MM Effective date: 20230531 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: MC Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230531 Ref country code: LU Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230522 Ref country code: LI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230531 Ref country code: CH Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230531 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: MM4A |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: HU Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO Effective date: 20150522 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230522 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: MK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 Ref country code: IE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230522 Ref country code: CY Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: BE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20230531 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: TR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Payment date: 20240516 Year of fee payment: 10 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: FR Payment date: 20240524 Year of fee payment: 10 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: MT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20210908 |